Back to GetFilings.com



 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C.   20549

 

Form 10-K

Annual Report

For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004

 

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Commission File Number 1-12054

 

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

A Delaware Corporation

IRS Employer Identification No. 33-0565601

 

720 PARK BOULEVARD, BOISE, IDAHO  83712

208 / 386-5000

 


 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) and

SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value per share

(Title of class)

 

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

(Title of class)

 

COMPLIANCE WITH REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

ý  Yes   o  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer.

ý  Yes   o  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

ý  Yes   o  No

 

 



 

DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO ITEM 405 OF REGULATION S-K

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

 

AGGREGATE MARKET VALUE OF COMMON STOCK HELD BY NON-AFFILIATES

At February 20, 2004, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price on February 20, 2004, as reported on the NASDAQ National Market®, was approximately $954,501,892. At July 4, 2003 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price on July 3, 2003, as reported by the NASDAQ National Market®, was approximately $521,720,782.

 

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 20, 2004 was 25,153,665.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 7, 2004, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than April 7, 2004, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report on Form 10-K. In the event such proxy statement is not filed by April 7, 2004, the required information will be filed as an amendment to this report on Form 10-K no later than that date.

 



 

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

Form 10-K

Annual Report

For the Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Item 9.

Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule and Reports on Form 8-K

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 


 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

This report contains forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of terminology such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” “could,” “should,” “potential” or “continue,” or the negative or other variations thereof, as well as other statements regarding matters that are not historical fact. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements concerning:

 

                  Our business strategy and competitive advantages

 

                  Our expectations as to potential revenues from designated markets or customers

 

                  Our expectations as to profits, cash flows, return on invested capital and net income

 

                  Our expectations as to new work and backlog

 

                  The markets for our services and products

 

                  Our anticipated contractual obligations, capital expenditures and funding requirements

 

Forward-looking statements are only predictions. The forward-looking statements in this report are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, among others, the risks and uncertainties identified in this report and other operational, business, industry, market, legal and regulatory developments, which could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could prevent us from achieving the expectations expressed include, but are not limited to, our failure to:

 

                  Manage and avoid delays or cost overruns in existing and future contracts

 

                  Maintain relationships with key customers, partners and suppliers

 

                  Successfully bid for, and enter into, new contracts on satisfactory terms

 

                  Successfully manage and negotiate change orders and claims

 

                  Manage and maintain our operations and financial performance and the operations and financial performance of our current and future operating subsidiaries and joint ventures

 

                  Respond effectively to regulatory, legislative and judicial developments, including any legal or regulatory proceedings, affecting our existing contracts, including contracts concerning environmental remediation and restoration

 

                  Obtain and maintain any required governmental authorizations, franchises and permits, all in a timely manner, at reasonable costs and on satisfactory terms and conditions

 

                  Satisfy the restrictive covenants imposed by our indebtedness documents

 

                  Maintain access to sufficient working capital through our existing revolving credit facility or otherwise

 

                  Maintain access to sufficient bonding capacity through our existing surety facility or otherwise

 

                  Realize anticipated reductions in overhead and other costs

 

I-1



 

Some other factors that may affect our businesses, financial position or results of operations include:

 

                  Accidents and conditions, including industrial accidents, labor disputes, geological conditions, environmental hazards, weather and other natural phenomena

 

                  Special risks of international operations, including uncertain political and economic environments, acts of terrorism or war, potential incompatibilities with foreign joint venture partners, foreign currency fluctuations and controls, civil disturbances and labor issues

 

                  Special risks of contracts with the government, including the failure of applicable governing authorities to take necessary actions to secure or maintain funding for particular projects with us, the unilateral termination of contracts by the government and reimbursement obligations to the government for funds previously received

 

                  The outcome of legal proceedings

 

                  Maintenance of government-compliant cost systems

 

                  The economic well-being of our private and public customer base and its ability and intentions to invest capital in engineering and construction activities

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Washington Group International, Inc. (“Washington Group International”) and its consolidated subsidiaries; references to 2003 are references to our fiscal year ended January 2, 2004; references to 2002 are references to our one month ended February 1, 2002 combined with our eleven months ended January 3, 2003; and references to 2001 are references to our fiscal year ended November 30, 2001. Effective December 29, 2001, we changed our 52/53 week fiscal year from a year ending on the Friday closest to November 30 to a year ending on the Friday closest to December 31.

 

Our common stock (the “New Common Stock”) currently trades on the NASDAQ National Market® under the ticker symbol “WGII.” We also have outstanding three tranches of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock which trade in the over-the-counter market on the OTC Bulletin Board®. All of the warrants expire on January 25, 2006. The Tranche A warrants, which have an exercise price of $28.50 per share, trade under the ticker symbol WGIIW.OB; the Tranche B warrants, which have an exercise price of $31.74, trade under the ticker symbol WGIIZ.OB; and the Tranche C warrants, which have an exercise price of $33.51 per share, trade under the ticker symbol WGIIL.OB.

 

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The public can obtain copies of these materials by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington DC 20549, or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330, or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC, we make copies available to the public free of charge on or through our website at http://www.wgint.com. The information on our website is not incorporated into, and is not part of, this report.

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) which requires all employees, officers and directors of Washington Group International, Inc. to act, at all times and places, as law-abiding, responsible, and responsive citizens. The Code will be published on our website at www.wgint.com under Investor Relations, Corporate Governance, on or before March 17, 2004. A copy of the Code is available by contacting us through

 

I-2



 

our website under Investor Relations, or by writing to the Investor Relations Department at the corporate headquarters.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 720 Park Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83712. Our telephone number is (208) 386-5000.

 

GENERAL

 

We are an international provider of a broad range of design, engineering, construction, construction management, facilities and operations management, environmental remediation and mining services. We offer our various services separately or as part of an integrated package throughout the life cycle of a customer’s project.

 

                  In providing engineering and design services, we participate in the conceptualization and planning stages of projects that are part of our customers’ overall capital programs. We develop the physical designs and determine the technical specifications. We also devise project configurations to maximize both construction and operating efficiency.

 

                  As a contractor, we are responsible for the construction and completion of each contract in accordance with its specifications and contracting terms (primarily schedule and total cost). In this capacity, we often manage the procurement of materials, subcontractors and craft labor. Depending on the project, we may function as the primary contractor or as a subcontractor to another firm.

 

                  On some projects, we function as a construction manager, engaged by the customer to oversee other contractors’ compliance with design specifications and contracting terms.

 

                  Under operations and maintenance contracts, we provide staffing, technical support, repair, renovation, predictive and preventive services to customer facilities globally. We also offer other facility services, such as general building maintenance and asset management. In addition, we provide inventory and product logistics for manufacturing plants, information technology support, equipment servicing and tooling changeover.

 

On some projects, particularly those of significant size and requiring specialized technology or know-how, we partner with other firms, both to increase our opportunity to win the contract and to manage development and execution risk. Partners may include, among others, specialized process engineering firms, other engineers, constructors, operations contractors or equipment manufacturers. These partnerships may be structured as joint ventures or consortia, with each participating firm having an economic interest relative to the scope of its work.

 

We enter into four basic types of contracts with our customers:

 

                  Under a “fixed-price” contract, we provide the customer a total project for an agreed-upon price, subject to project circumstances and changes in scope. We commonly refer to fixed-price contracts under which the total project cost is determined up front as “lump-sum” contracts. Plant and facility construction projects and large design-build infrastructure projects are typically awarded on a lump-sum basis.

 

                  Under a “fixed-unit-price” contract, the customer pays us for materials, labor, overhead, equipment rentals or other costs at fixed rates as each unit of work is performed. Highway infrastructure and mining projects are typically awarded on a fixed-unit-price basis.

 

                  Under a “target-price” contract, we provide the customer with a total project at a target price agreed upon by the customer, subject to project circumstances and changes in scope. Should costs exceed the target within the agreed-upon scope, we will absorb those costs generally to the extent of our expected fee or profit; however, the customer reimburses us for the costs that we incur if costs continue to escalate beyond our expected fee. An additional fee is earned if costs are below the target.

 

I-3



 

                  Under a “cost-type” contract, a customer reimburses us for the costs that we incur (primarily materials, labor, overhead and subcontractor services), plus a predetermined fee. The fee portion of the contract may equal a percentage of the costs incurred and/or may be based on the achievement of specific performance incentives or milestones. The fee portion may also be subject to a maximum. Engineering, construction management and environmental and hazardous substance remediation contracts, including most of our work for U.S. government customers, are typically awarded pursuant to a cost-type contract.

 

Both anticipated income and economic risk are greater under fixed-price and fixed-unit-price contracts than under target-price and cost-type contracts. We follow strict guidelines in bidding for and entering into all four types of contracts.

 

Some fixed-price contracts require the contractor to provide a surety bond to its customer. This general industry practice provides indemnification to the customer if the contractor fails to perform its obligations. Surety companies consider factors such as capitalization, available working capital, past performance and management expertise to determine the amount of bonds they are willing to issue to a particular engineering and construction firm.

 

BACKGROUND

 

We were originally incorporated in Delaware on April 28, 1993 under the name Kasler Holding Company. In April 1996, we changed our name to Washington Construction Group, Inc. On September 11, 1996, we purchased Morrison Knudsen Corporation, which we refer to in this report as “Old MK,” and changed our name to Morrison Knudsen Corporation. Our purchase of Old MK was structured as a merger with and into us and was an integral part of the reorganization of Old MK under a plan of reorganization that Old MK filed in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. We have no remaining obligations under that plan of reorganization.

 

On March 22, 1999, we and BNFL Nuclear Services, Inc. (“BNFL”) acquired the government and environmental services businesses of CBS Corporation (now Viacom, Inc.). In this report, we refer to these businesses as the “Westinghouse Businesses.” The Westinghouse Businesses currently make up a significant part of our Energy & Environment business unit and a small part of our Defense business unit.

 

On July 7, 2000, we purchased from Raytheon Company and Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. (“RECI” and, collectively with Raytheon Company, the “Sellers”), the capital stock of the subsidiaries of RECI and specified other assets of RECI and assumed specified liabilities of RECI. The businesses that we purchased, which we refer to in this report as “RE&C,” provide engineering, design, procurement, construction, operation, maintenance and other services on a global basis. Following the acquisition, on September 15, 2000, we changed our name to Washington Group International, Inc.

 

On May 14, 2001, due to near-term liquidity problems resulting from our acquisition of RE&C, we filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. On December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, Inc., et al., as modified (the “Plan of Reorganization”). The Plan of Reorganization became effective and we emerged from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002. For a discussion of the RE&C acquisition and the resulting bankruptcy, see Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada retains jurisdiction to interpret our Plan of Reorganization and to resolve outstanding claims and third party disputes relating thereto. A reorganization plan committee (the “Reorganization Plan Committee”) was established by the bankruptcy court to evaluate claims of unsecured creditors, prosecute any disputed unsecured claims, determine each unsecured creditor’s distribution under the Plan of Reorganization, and generally monitor implementation of the Plan of Reorganization.

 

I-4



 

We are responsible for all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the administration of our Plan of Reorganization, including fees and expenses of the Reorganization Plan Committee, the United States Trustee appointed by the bankruptcy court, and their and our counsel.

 

BUSINESS UNITS

 

We operate our business through six business units, each of which comprises a separate reportable business segment: Power, Infrastructure, Mining, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment.

 

Power

 

Our Power business unit specializes in engineering, design, construction, modification and maintenance of power generating facilities and electrical transmission systems and operations and maintenance services in both the fossil and nuclear power markets. Customers include regulated and deregulated utilities, industrial co-generators, independent power producers, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and governments. These customers generate power in a wide variety of methods, including through coal-, oil- and gas-fired power plants, combustion turbine, simple cycle and combined cycle generation, nuclear power generation, hydroelectric generation and waste-to-energy generation. We provide our services to customers in the United States and around the world on both fixed-price and cost-reimbursable bases, and the work we have pursued in the recent past has reflected an array of commercial arrangements. (See “Business – General” above for a description of types of contracts and corresponding risks.) The Power business unit provides a range of services that includes:

 

Basic Services

                  General Planning

                  Siting and licensing

                  Environmental permitting

                  Engineering and construction, startup

                  Transmission and distribution

                  Expansion, retrofit and modification

                  Operations and maintenance

                  Decontamination and decommissioning

 

Basic Markets

                  New Generation

                  Combustion turbine (natural gas, oil)

                  Coal

                  Other: waste-to-energy, wind, biomass, geothermal

                  Modifications and Maintenance

                  Fossil:  clean air retrofits

                  Repowering

                  Nuclear:  major component replacement

                  Engineering Services

                  Fossil and nuclear

                  Transmission, distribution, substations

 

In 2002, the market for new power plants in the United States suffered a severe downturn as regional reserves grew to excessive levels and the economy slumped. We expect that it may take four to six years for these reserve margins to dissipate before a need for additional capacity will stimulate a new wave of power development. In the interim, the power industry anticipated that the passage of pending federal legislation in the forms of the Federal Energy Bill and one of the contenders for Clean Air Act regulation would revitalize the market. Though these bills may yet pass, their timing is uncertain and their market impacts may not be felt for some time to come, if at all.

 

I-5



 

Consequently, the Power business unit embarked on a strategy to maintain our presence in all our principal markets, while minimizing our exposure to long-term capital risk. In new power generation, we are limiting the opportunities we pursue to those we determine pose an acceptable level of risk, particularly with established customers. While following these restrictions, we have expanded our traditional base of power industry customers by targeting the power needs of the customers of our other business units. The mix of traditional Power business unit customers and the customers of our other business units with power needs has proven to be successful, with recent awards for new power plants in Wisconsin (550 megawatt (“MW”) combined cycle), Siberia (conversion of plutonium reactor to coal-fired plant) and Iraq (180 MW as part of the reconstruction effort).

 

Despite the lack of new federal Clean Air legislation, the power market is being propelled by consent decrees, independent state legislation and the promised enforcement of New Source Review Standards by the Environmental Protection Agency. A substantial number of large system retrofits to control sulfur oxide and nitrous oxide have been announced or are under consideration, and we have secured awards in all phases of implementing these retrofits.

 

The abundance of power supply in the United States combined with the manifestation of electricity as a commodity has forced most power suppliers to compete for the sale of kilowatts and improve the efficiency of existing resources. Many owners of nuclear plants are seeking extensions of their existing licenses rather than decommissioning units with up to 40 years of service. Among the most common life-extension strategies is the replacement of steam generators and reactor vessel heads. Through a 50%-owned joint venture with Framatome-ANP, Inc., we specialize in these replacements and have established ourselves as a leading competitor in the United States for this market. Most visible in the international arena today is our ongoing work for the reconstruction of Iraq’s power infrastructure, where we are designing and building new generation and rehabilitating existing generation and transmission and distribution systems.

 

Infrastructure

 

Our Infrastructure business unit provides a full range of infrastructure services to clients globally, including project development, design-build-operate-maintain, consulting, engineering, design, project management, construction management, construction, and operations and maintenance. The business unit generally performs as a general contractor or as a joint venture partner with other contractors on domestic and international projects. Typically, consulting, engineering, design, project management, construction management and operations and maintenance type contracts are performed on a cost-reimbursable basis, while design-build and construction contracts are performed on a fixed-price basis.

 

Infrastructure serves both private and public sector customers across four major markets:

 

                  Rail and transit: Design, construction, operation and maintenance of light rail, subways, commuter/inter-city railroads, railroads, freight transport, people movers, bus rapid transit, electrification and multimodal facilities. Our current significant projects in this market include:

                  Hudson-Bergen Light Rail Transit System: We are operating under a contract with a value exceeding $500 million to design, build, operate and maintain the Hudson-Bergen Light Rail Transit System in New Jersey. The design-build phase is scheduled to be completed in 2005, and the operations and maintenance in 2015.

                  New River Bridge: A $53 million design/build contract for a commuter railroad bridge in Fort Lauderdale, Florida for the Tri-County Commuter Rail Authority. Work began in 2003.

 

                  Highways and bridges: Design and construction of interstates/freeways, arterial highways/streets, interchanges, bridges, tunnels and intelligent transportation systems. Our significant projects in this market include:

                  SR-125: A joint venture led by us to design and build the 10-mile privately-funded toll road section of the public-private State Route 125 South Expressway project in San Diego, California, under a

 

I-6



 

$270 million contract and a 3.5-mile publicly-funded segment of State Route 125 under a $90 million design-build contract.

                  I-215 Southern Beltway: An $82.2 million contract with the Nevada Department of Transportation to construct an interchange and six-lane connector near Las Vegas.

 

                  Water resource and hydropower: Design and construction of hydroelectric power, water supply, flood control, locks and dams, irrigation and drainage, hydraulic structures and environmental and safety analysis. Our significant projects in this market include:

                  San Roque Multipurpose Dam and Reservoir: A $700 million design/build contract for a dam and powerhouse in the Philippines. Substantial completion of this project was reached in 2003.

                  Olmsted Dam: A $564 million cost-reimbursable-plus-award-fee joint venture for the construction of a 2,700-foot concrete dam across the lower Ohio River awarded in January 2004.

 

                  Airports: Design, construction, development and operation of airport, airside and landside infrastructure, security and environmental services. A current project in this market is:

                  Addison Airport: As part of a joint venture, we manage and operate Addison Airport near Dallas, Texas.

 

Additionally, the Infrastructure business unit is also leading our effort on two contracts with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “USACOE”) to provide a variety of design, engineering and construction services to the Transatlantic Programs Center of the USACOE throughout Central Asia, North Africa and the Middle East. Due to the breadth of the assignments, these programs may utilize virtually all of our business units. The contracts are indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity (“ID/IQ”) contracts that do not identify a specific quantity of services, but do set ceilings on the total amount of work that can be awarded to a company during the life of the contract. Under the first contract, awarded in April 2003, we are performing $344 million worth of tasks under a contract that has a $500 million ceiling. Most of the current work is being performed in Iraq, where we are refurbishing and installing electricity generating plants, reconstructing 460 kilometers of 400 kilovolt electrical transmission lines and bringing a hospital back into full service. Other tasks are being performed in Afghanistan and Kuwait. Under the second contract, announced in January 2004, we will bid for specific assignments to support the USACOE over the next five years. The work will be confined to the U.S. Central Command area of operations, which includes Iraq and 24 other countries from the Horn of Africa through Central Asia. The contract has a monetary ceiling of $500 million for the first year. It also includes four one-year options, each with a $250 million ceiling.

 

We see modest growth in domestic infrastructure markets. Federal highway funding is subject to authorization from TEA-21, while budget deficits at the state level limit availability of funds for capital programs. Certain markets continue to have viable projects, and the design-build method of delivery, with its reliance on private capital and potential opportunities for public-private partnerships, continues to grow in popularity.

 

Mining

 

Our Mining business unit is an integrated supplier providing a full range of services, including design/build; engineer, procure, construct (EPC); engineer, procure, construct, manage (EPCM); construction management; contract-mining; engineering; resource evaluation; geologic modeling; mine planning; simulation modeling; equipment selection; production scheduling; and operations management to the precious metals, coal, oil sands, industrial minerals and metals markets globally. The services cover a broad spectrum of tasks from front-end engineering and design, such as mine planning and feasibility studies, to reclamation planning and field activities necessary for mine reclamation and closure.

 

Currently, the Mining business unit is providing services to the oil sands and phosphate industries in Canada, coal mines in the United States, Venezuela and Germany, gold mines in the United States and Mexico, and the magnesium oxide industry in Jordan. Mining contracts are typically two- to five-year contracts that are normally

 

I-7



 

renewed in subsequent bidding cycles throughout the useful life of the mine, which can range from 20 to 30 years. Mining contracts are largely fixed-unit-price or target-price in nature.

 

In addition to the Mining business unit’s contracted services, we hold ownership interests in two mining ventures:

                  MIBRAG mbH (50%) is located in Germany and operates two surface lignite coal mines that provide lignite to two utility-owned power generation plants, as well as small commercial plants and three company-owned power plants. Power generated by the company-owned plants is primarily utilized by the mining operations, and surplus power is sold at wholesale to the utilities. The mines have lignite reserves and contracts in place for 20 to 40 years of supply. Because of the significance to us of the earnings of MIBRAG mbH for our 2003 and 2002 fiscal years, the financial statements of MIBRAG mbH have been included in this report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 99.1.

                  Westmoreland Resources, Inc. (20%) is a Montana surface coal mine providing sub-bituminous coal to utilities in the upper Midwest.

 

See Note 5, “Ventures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

Industrial/Process

 

Our Industrial/Process business unit is a single-source provider of engineering, construction, operations, maintenance, logistics and program management services. A key component of Industrial/Process’ approach is to closely align with its clients to support their objectives and develop long-term, value-added partnerships and to balance the markets we serve in order to effectively deal with economic cycles that impact industrial and consumer spending.

 

Services are provided using a variety of commercial terms, including various forms of cost reimbursable, target pricing and lump sum contracting. Industrial/Process’ current projects are primarily cost reimbursable. The unit’s goal over the next few years is to achieve a more evenly balanced commercial mix between cost reimbursable and fixed-priced contracts. We believe the benefits to be derived from this change in service mix are a better risk/reward balance and improved cash flow.

 

Organized in three divisions, the Industrial/Process business unit is focused on the following strategic areas: Biopharmaceuticals, Industrial Services and Process.

 

                  Biopharmaceuticals. We provide design, engineering, construction, validation and maintenance services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We provide an integrated delivery platform in the areas of biologics, chemical synthesis, dosage form and devise manufacturing to create innovative production solutions.

 

Currently, we are working with Aventis Pasteur, a leading vaccine supplier, to design, build and validate an $80 million manufacturing facility in Pennsylvania. Other representative clients include Pfizer-Pharmacia, Merck, Eli Lilly, Johnson & Johnson, Novartis and Wyeth.

 

                  Industrial Services. Our Industrial Services division provides life-cycle services, including design, engineering, construction, operations, maintenance, facility management, logistics and quality programs, for the automotive, manufacturing, food and pulp and paper industries.

 

In the automotive markets, we currently work with General Motors, Ford, Daimler/Chrysler and Hyundai. During 2003, we led a construction workforce of more than 1,600 to repair a General Motors assembly plant severely damaged by a tornado. The plant was back into production in only seven weeks.

 

I-8



 

We have long-term alliance partnerships with Anheuser-Busch, Kraft and General Mills/Pillsbury in the foods market. We provide facility and process design solutions for breweries and producers of baked goods, cake mix, cereal, prepared entrees, snack foods, soups and yogurt.

 

We are a single-source provider to the pulp and paper industry. Currently, we are at work on a variety of projects involving paper machine rebuilds and plant modifications for clients such as SAPPI, Mead, Smurfit Stone and Weyerhaeuser.

 

We provide management solutions including operations, maintenance, facility management, quality programs and logistics services across a diverse set of industries to customers seeking to outsource non-core business functions. Customers include many long-term clients such as BP, Caterpillar, DuPont, IBM, Motiva, Nissan and Tektronix.

 

                  Process. The Process division provides services to several markets, including oil production, gas treating, gas monetization, gas storage, refineries and bulk/specialty chemicals.

 

In Wyoming, we recently concluded more than a decade of partnership and cooperation with Burlington Resources with the start-up of the Lost Cabin natural gas processing plant. Train Three is the third unit designed and built by us since 1991 to produce pipeline-quality natural gas for the nation’s energy market. In addition, we recently completed a gas monetization project in Equatorial Guinea, and we are currently at work assisting in the development of oil and gas reserves in the Sakhalin Islands and gas-to-liquids initiatives in the Middle East.

 

Clients include ExxonMobil, ConocoPhillips, ChevronTexaco, DuPont, Burlington Resources, El Paso, Dow Corning, PolyOne and Eastman Chemical, among others.

 

Defense

 

The structure of our Defense business unit has changed dramatically as the needs of our major customer, the U.S. government, and, more specifically, the Department of Defense, have changed. Today, our Defense business unit manages, integrates and delivers life-cycle services for domestic and international programs under three markets: Threat Reduction, Defense Infrastructure Services and Homeland Security.

 

                  Threat Reduction. Threat Reduction focuses on global proliferation prevention and elimination of CBRNE (chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear and high explosives) materials and weapon systems. We are a global leader in the elimination of chemical weapons and agents. We provide demilitarization services to federal clients, including chemical and biological warfare material elimination and nuclear weapons delivery systems disarmament. This market includes support for the Department of Defense in the destruction of the United States chemical weapons stockpile, as the system contractor for four of the U.S. Army’s five incineration-based chemical weapons destruction thermal facilities. Additionally, we provide support to a fifth facility and purchase equipment for these sites. We are also responsible for the start-up, pilot plant testing, operations and maintenance and closure of two additional neutralization-based plants dealing with intact chemical weapons. All of these facilities are designed to destroy chemical weapons that have been stored for many years in underground bunkers.

 

We also provide demilitarization services, funded by the U.S. government, to the Commonwealth of Independent States, and have been awarded significant participation in the Cooperative Threat Reduction Integrated Contract. This contract is financed by the United States to prevent proliferation of and safely eliminate weapons of mass destruction located in the former Soviet Union. Work performed includes elimination of strategic missiles and related delivery systems. In addition, in 2003, we were selected to convert the Seversk, Russia, plutonium production facility into a peacetime electrical power production plant.

 

I-9



 

Over the last year, we completed a chemical weapons demilitarization facility closure on Johnston Island in the Pacific and started up the first third-generation incineration-based facility in Anniston, Alabama.

 

A major objective of Threat Reduction is optimizing the value of existing contracts. Since we have now exhausted major domestic chemical demilitarization opportunities, our business development efforts are focused on evaluating adjacent market opportunities and selecting higher probability market sectors for development and penetration.

 

                  Defense Infrastructure Services. Defense Infrastructure Services principally addresses Department of Defense needs, offering operations services, management/technical services and EPC services with an objective of reducing their risk in mission execution due to infrastructure vulnerabilities. We support the Department of Defense entities and agencies that operate or maintain major facilities, providing classified and unclassified architectural engineering services and engineering, procurement and construction services. These same services are provided to the Department of State and various intelligence agencies of the U.S. government.

 

                  Homeland Security. Homeland Security provides integrated solutions that reduce vulnerability to terrorist acts or similar hostile acts and that mitigate the consequences of such acts, with emphasis on high-value security systems, force protection and emergency response services. We provide threat analysis and mitigation services to a variety of clients. We support one of the nation’s highest priorities, the security of our nation and the safety of United States citizens abroad. The market and demand for our services are principally derived from federal requirements and include funding estimates for 17 federal agencies (including defense activities). With the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, we devote our considerable experience in security research and technologies to compete for resulting business. We are pursuing multiple opportunities for securing transportation systems, including enhanced security at ports of entry, improved security of offshore transport systems and improved intelligence and data mining for early threat identification.

 

The Defense business unit applies our comprehensive skills to create cost-effective solutions to operational challenges, drawing resources from all of our business units. Such integration is essential to successfully compete in existing and emerging markets. Virtually all Defense work is performed on a cost-plus-fee basis.

 

Energy & Environment

 

Our Energy & Environment business unit provides services to the U.S. Department of Energy, which is responsible for maintaining the nation’s nuclear weapons stockpile and performing environmental cleanup and remediation. The business unit also provides the U.S. government with construction, contract management, supply-chain management, quality assurance, administrative and environmental cleanup and restoration services. Energy & Environment provides safety management consulting and waste and environmental technology and engineered products, including radioactive waste containers and technical support services. The Westinghouse Businesses comprise a significant portion of our Energy & Environment business unit. Almost all of this business unit’s revenues are from contracts funded by the federal government, with the Department of Energy accounting for about 97% of its revenues.

 

The Energy & Environment business unit also provides products and services to commercial clients, including the design and manufacture of engineered canisters to ship and store spent nuclear fuel, safety planning, integrated safety management consulting, facility operation, hazardous material management and licensing.

 

The Energy & Environment business unit primarily serves the U.S. Department of Energy in the environmental management market segment, while also serving the National Nuclear Security Agency by managing nuclear operations and the Department of Defense in selected engineering, design, construction, environmental cleanup and remediation projects. There are currently three market units within Energy &

 

I-10



 

Environment: Management Services, Projects and Consulting Services. We are positioning a fourth market unit, International, to provide the services of the existing three market units for international customers.

 

                  Management Services. The Management Services market unit focuses on Department of Energy site management and support contracts, under which key personnel are supplied to effectively manage existing site operations, infrastructure and human resources. Our current emphasis is managing complex, high-hazard facilities and operations using our experience in technology, commercial nuclear operations, safety and operations in a regulatory environment.

 

Management Services has long-term management contracts with the Department of Energy. We serve two major programs within the Department of Energy, Environmental Management and the National Nuclear Security Agency. The Environmental Management program consists of the environmental cleanup activities (radioactive and hazardous waste) resulting from the U.S. government’s nuclear weapons production. The National Nuclear Security Agency consists of the Department of Energy’s defense programs and weapons production activities at national laboratories and production facilities including the Savannah River Site. We also perform work indirectly for the Department of Energy as subcontractors to their prime contractors.

 

Our key existing contracts include the Savannah River Site in South Carolina, the West Valley Nuclear Services Site in New York and the Waste Isolation Pilot Project in New Mexico.

 

                  Projects. The Projects market unit provides life-cycle services to the Department of Energy and its prime contractors, as well as to other U.S. government agencies. We utilize our skills in environmental remediation, design of complex high-hazard facilities and construction capability to service this market. The Projects market unit provides nuclear and high-hazard facility engineering, procurement and construction; nuclear and high-hazard facility deactivation, decommissioning, decontamination and dismantlement; and environmental characterization, design and remediation. The Projects market also includes mid-level design, construction and environmental projects for the Department of Defense.

 

The Projects market unit offers a broad portfolio of services and technologies to the Department of Energy, the Department of Defense and the Environmental Protection Agency, with five distinct clients within the agencies. In the Department of Energy, we serve Environmental Management and the National Nuclear Security Agency. In the Department of Defense, our customers include the U.S. Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence, the USACOE and the U.S. Navy Facilities Engineering Command. We believe these customers will need assistance with work in Iraq.

 

                  Consulting Services. Consulting Services provides services to most Department of Energy sites. These services are also sold to other governmental agencies or commercial clients. The core products and services include safety analysis, regulatory services, criticality and radiological engineering, safeguards and security management and environmental services. We self-perform for our sites, support other sites and are equipped to provide services throughout the life cycle of a project.

 

Consulting Services is primarily concentrated in the Washington Safety Management Solutions LLC and has been growing at a rapid pace. Washington Safety Management Solutions LLC takes the expertise developed through our experience in the Department of Energy Management Services business and develops programs that are utilized at other Department of Energy and governmental sites and with commercial clients. The Department of Energy facilities are our principal customers.

 

                  International. The International market unit addresses new markets for our core services in the United Kingdom, Canada, Europe and Russia. We believe these countries will eventually seek such services to address their environmental legacies. In addition, Russia currently is required to have a program parallel to the United States’ mixed oxide program for disposition of Russia’s weapons-grade plutonium.  We

 

I-11



 

believe we are well-positioned to compete for this work given our experience and the scope of our projects in the hazardous environmental management field in the United States.

 

For financial information about each of our business units, geographic areas in which we operate, and additional disclosures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Business Unit Results” in Item 7 of this report and Note 12, “Operating Segment, Geographic and Customer Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

MATERIAL CUSTOMERS

 

During 2003, 10% or more of our total consolidated revenue was derived from contracts and subcontracts performed by the Power, Infrastructure, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment business units for the following customers:

 

 

 

Percent of Consolidated Revenue

 

Department of Defense

 

24%

 

Department of Energy

 

14%

 

 

Although we presently have good relationships with the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy, the loss of these customers, or significant reductions in government funding, could have a material adverse effect primarily on our Defense and Energy & Environment business units and our company as a whole. See Risk Factors, “Economic downturns and reductions in government funding could have a negative impact on our business,” later in Item 1 of this report.

 

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS AND BACKLOG

 

Government funded contracts are, and are expected to continue to be, a significant part of our business. We derived 42% of our consolidated operating revenues in 2003 from contracts with the U.S. government. Allowable costs under U.S. government contracts are subject to audit by the government. To the extent that these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowable costs or were not allocated in accordance with federal regulations, we could be required to reimburse the government for amounts previously received. We also have a number of U.S. government contracts that extend beyond one year and for which government funding has not yet been approved. All U.S. government contracts and some foreign contracts are subject to unilateral termination at the convenience of the customer.

 

Backlog represents the total value of all awarded contracts that have not been completed and will be recognized as revenues or as equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates over the life of the project or over the construction period. Backlog includes our proportionate share of construction joint venture contracts and the uncompleted portions of mining service contracts and ventures for the next five years. Backlog for government contracts includes only two years’ worth of the portions of such contracts that are currently funded or that we are highly confident will be funded. We have indefinite delivery contracts that are signed contracts under which we perform work only when the client issues specific task orders. The terms of these contracts include a maximum contract value and a specified time period that may include renewal option periods at the client’s discretion. While we believe that we will continue to receive work over the entire term, because of the uncertainty of the renewals and our dependence on the issuance of individual task orders for new projects, we cannot be assured that we will ultimately realize the maximum contract value for any particular contract. Only those task orders that are signed and funded are included in backlog. The reported backlog excludes approximately $713 million of government contracts in progress for work to be performed beyond December 2005.

 

Backlog at January 2, 2004 totaled $3.3 billion compared with backlog of $2.8 billion at January 3, 2003. Approximately $1.4 billion of the backlog at January 2, 2004 was comprised of U.S. government contracts that are subject to termination by the government, $0.7 billion of which had not yet been funded. Historically, we have not experienced significant reductions in funding of U.S. government contracts once they have been awarded.

 

I-12



 

Terminations for the convenience of the government generally provide for recovery of contract costs and related earnings. Approximately $1.9 billion, or 56%, of backlog at January 2, 2004 is expected to be recognized as contract revenue or as equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates in 2004.

 

Although backlog reflects business that we consider to be firm, cancellations or scope adjustments may occur. We have adjusted backlog to reflect project cancellations, deferrals and revisions in scope and cost (both upward and downward) known at the reporting date; however, future contract modifications or cancellations may increase or reduce backlog and future revenues.

 

Composition of backlog
(In millions)

 

January 2,
2004

 

January 3,
2003

 

Cost-type and target-price contracts

 

$

1,916.5

 

58

%

$

1,553.1

 

56

%

Fixed-price and fixed-unit-price contracts

 

1,406.0

 

42

%

1,202.0

 

44

%

Total backlog

 

$

3,322.5

 

100

%

$

2,755.1

 

100

%

 

COMPETITION

 

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses in which customer contracts are typically awarded through competitive bidding processes. We compete based primarily on price, reputation and reliability with other general and specialty contractors, both foreign and domestic,  including large international contractors and small local contractors. Success or failure in our lines of business is, in large measure, based upon the ability to compete successfully for contracts and to provide the engineering, planning, procurement, construction, operations and project management and project financing skills required to complete them in a timely and cost-efficient manner. Some competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, which, in some instances, could give them a competitive advantage over us.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

Our total global employment varies widely with the volume, type and scope of operations under way at any given time. At January 2, 2004, we employed approximately 26,000 employees. Approximately 13% of our employees are covered either by one of our regional labor agreements, which expire between May 2004 and January 2008, or by specific project labor agreements, each of which expires upon completion of the relevant project.

 

RAW MATERIALS

 

We can purchase most of the raw materials and components necessary to operate our businesses from numerous sources. We do not anticipate any unavailability of raw materials or components that would have a material adverse effect on our businesses in the foreseeable future.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

 

Our environmental and hazardous substance remediation and contract mining services involve risks of liability under federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”). We perform environmental remediation at Superfund sites as a response action contractor for the Environmental Protection Agency and, in such capacity, are exempt from liability under any federal law, including CERCLA, unless our conduct is negligent. Moreover, we may be entitled to indemnification from agencies of the United States against liability arising out of the negligent performance of work in such capacity.

 

We are subject to risks of liability under federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as common law. These laws and regulations and the risk of attendant litigation can cause significant delays to a project and add significantly to its cost. Violations of these laws and regulations could subject us to civil and

 

I-13



 

criminal penalties and other liabilities, including liabilities for property damage, costs of investigation and cleanup of hazardous or toxic substances on property currently or previously owned by us or arising out of our current and past remediation, waste management and contract mining activities.

 

For additional information regarding environmental matters, see “Risk Factors - We could be subject to liability under environmental laws.”

 

RISK FACTORS

 

We are subject to a number of risks, including those enumerated below. Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and on the market price of our common stock. See also “Note Regarding Forward-looking Information.”

 

The documents governing our indebtedness restrict our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to engage in some business transactions.

 

On October 9, 2003, we obtained a new senior secured revolving credit facility (the “New Credit Facility”), which provides for up to $350 million of loans and other financial accommodations. The credit agreement governing the New Credit Facility restricts or places certain limits on our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

                  incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

 

                  declare or pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

                  pay dividends or other distributions or transfer assets or make loans between us and some of our subsidiaries;

 

                  make investments;

 

                  incur or permit to exist liens;

 

                  enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

                  make material changes in the nature or conduct of our business;

 

                  merge or consolidate with, or acquire substantially all of the stock or assets of, other companies;

 

                  transfer or sell assets; and

 

                  engage in sale-leaseback transactions.

 

The New Credit Facility contains covenants that are typical for credit facilities of its size, type and tenor, such as requirements that we meet specified financial ratios and financial condition tests. Our ability to borrow under the New Credit Facility otherwise depends upon satisfaction of these covenants. Our ability to meet these covenants and requirements may be affected by events beyond our control.

 

Our failure to comply with obligations under the New Credit Facility could result in an event of default under the facility. A default, if not cured or waived, could permit acceleration of any outstanding indebtedness. We cannot be certain that we will be able to remedy any default. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all.

 

I-14



 

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses and must typically bid against competitors to obtain engineering, construction and service contracts.

 

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses in which customer contracts are typically awarded through competitive bidding processes. We compete with other general and specialty contractors, both foreign and domestic, including large international contractors and small local contractors. Some competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, which, in some instances, could give them a competitive advantage over us.

 

Strikes, work stoppages and other similar events, as well as resulting increases in operating costs, would have a negative impact on our operations and results.

 

We are party to several regional labor agreements that expire between May 2004 and January 2008, as well as project-specific labor agreements that commit us to use union building trades on certain projects. If the industry were unable to negotiate with any of the unions, it could result in strikes, work stoppages or increased operating costs as a result of higher than anticipated wages or benefits. If the unionized workers engage in a strike or other work stoppage, or other employees become unionized, we could experience a disruption of our operations and higher ongoing labor costs, which could adversely affect portions of our businesses and our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See “Employees” earlier in Part I of this report.

 

Our success depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

 

We are dependent upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, technical and business development personnel. Competition for key personnel is intense. We cannot be certain that we will retain our key managerial, technical and business development personnel or that we will attract or assimilate key personnel in the future. Failure to retain or attract such personnel could materially adversely affect our businesses, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Economic downturns and reductions in government funding could have a negative impact on our businesses.

 

Demand for the services offered by us has been, and is expected to continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations due to a variety of factors beyond our control, including economic conditions. During economic downturns, the ability of both private and governmental entities to make expenditures may decline significantly. We cannot be certain that economic or political conditions will be generally favorable or that there will not be significant fluctuations adversely affecting our industry as a whole or key markets targeted by us. In addition, our operations are, in part, dependent upon government funding. Significant changes in the level of government funding could have an unfavorable impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our fixed-price contracts subject us to the risk of increased project costs.

 

Our fixed-price contracts involve risks relating to our inability to receive additional compensation in the event the costs of performing those contracts prove to be greater than anticipated. Our cost of performing the contracts may be greater than anticipated due to uncertainties inherent in estimating contract completion costs, contract modifications by customers resulting in claims, failure of subcontractors and joint venture partners to perform and other unforeseen events and conditions. At January 2, 2004, approximately 42%, or $1.4 billion, of our backlog represented fixed-price and fixed-unit-price contracts. Any one or more of these risks could result in reduced profits or increased losses on a particular contract or contracts.

 

The U.S. government can audit and disallow claims for compensation under our government contracts, and can terminate those contracts without cause.

 

Government contracts, primarily with the U.S. Departments of Energy and Defense, are, and are expected to continue to be, a significant part of our business. We derived approximately 42% of our consolidated revenues in

 

I-15



 

2003 from contracts funded by the U.S. government. Allowable costs under government contracts are subject to audit by the U.S. government. To the extent that these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowable costs or were not allocated in accordance with federal government regulations, we could be required to reimburse the U.S. government for amounts previously received. In addition, if we were to lose and not replace our revenues generated by one or more of the U.S. government contracts, our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

We have a number of contracts and subcontracts with agencies of the U.S. government, principally for environmental remediation, restoration and operations work, which extend beyond one year and for which government funding has not yet been approved. We cannot be certain that funding will be approved. All contracts with agencies of the U.S. government and some commercial and foreign contracts are subject to unilateral termination at the convenience of the customer. In the event of a termination, we would not receive projected revenues or profits associated with the terminated portion of those contracts.

 

In addition, government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations, contract provisions and a variety of other socioeconomic requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance and accounting of these contracts. Many of these contracts include express or implied certifications of compliance with applicable laws and contract provisions. As a result of our government contracting, claims for civil or criminal fraud may be brought by the government for violations of these regulations, requirements or statutes. We may also be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the government under the Federal Civil False Claims Act, which could include claims for up to treble damages. Further, if we fail to comply with any of these regulations, requirements or statutes, our existing government contracts could be terminated, we could be suspended from government contracting or subcontracting, including federally funded projects at the state level, and our ability to participate in foreign projects funded by the United States could be adversely affected. If one or more of our government contracts are terminated for any reason, or if we are suspended from government work, we could suffer a significant reduction in expected revenues.

 

Our dependence on one or a few customers could adversely affect us.

 

One or a few clients have in the past and may in the future contribute a significant portion of our consolidated revenues in any one year or over a period of several consecutive years. In 2003, approximately 24% of our revenues were from the U.S. Department of Defense and approximately 14% of our revenues were from the U.S. Department of Energy. As our backlog frequently reflects multiple projects for individual clients, one major customer may comprise a significant percentage of our backlog at any point in time. For example, the U.S. Department of Defense, with which we have 15 contracts, represented an aggregate of 27% of our backlog at January 2, 2004, and the U.S. Department of Energy, with which we have 77 contracts, represented an aggregate of 12% of our backlog at January 2, 2004. Backlog from the U.S. government or U.S. government-owned entities accounted for 42% of backlog at January 2, 2004.

 

Because these significant customers generally contract with us for specific projects, we may lose these customers from year to year as their projects with us are completed. If we do not replace them with other customers or other projects, our business could be materially adversely affected.

 

Additionally, we have long-standing relationships with many of our significant customers. Our contracts with these customers, however, are on a project-by-project basis, and the customers may unilaterally reduce or discontinue their purchases at any time. The loss of business from any one of such customers could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

 

Our backlog is subject to unexpected adjustments and cancellations and is, therefore, an uncertain indicator of our future earnings.

 

As of January 2, 2004, our backlog was approximately $3.3 billion. We cannot assure that the revenues projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. Projects may remain in our backlog for an extended period of time prior to project execution and, once project execution begins, it may occur

 

I-16



 

unevenly over the current and multiple future periods. In addition, project terminations, suspensions or reductions in scope may occur from time to time with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. Such backlog reductions would adversely affect the revenue and profit we actually receive from contracts reflected in our backlog. Future project cancellations and scope adjustments could further reduce the dollar amount of our backlog and the revenues and profits that we actually earn.

 

Our businesses involve many project-related and contract-related risks.

 

Our businesses are subject to a variety of project-related risks, including changes in political and other circumstances, particularly since contracts for major projects are performed over extended periods of time. These risks include the failure of applicable governing authorities to take necessary actions, opposition by third parties to particular projects and the failure by customers to obtain adequate financing for particular projects. Due to these factors, losses on a particular contract or contracts could occur, and we could experience significant changes in operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.

 

We may also be adversely affected by various risks and hazards, including industrial accidents, labor disputes, geological conditions, environmental hazards, acts of terrorism or war, weather and other natural phenomena such as earthquakes and floods.

 

Our dependence on subcontractors and equipment manufacturers could adversely affect us.

 

We rely on third-party subcontractors as well as third-party equipment manufacturers to complete our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors or acquire equipment or materials, our ability to complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If the amount we are required to pay for these goods and services exceeds the amount we have estimated in bidding for fixed-price, fixed-unit-price or target-price contracts, we could experience losses in the performance of these contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor or a manufacturer is unable to deliver its services, equipment or materials according to the negotiated terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition, we may be required to purchase the services, equipment or materials from another source at a higher price. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services, equipment or materials were needed.

 

If we guarantee to a customer the timely completion or performance standards of a project, we could incur additional costs to meet our guarantee obligations.

 

In certain instances, including in some of our fixed-price contracts, we guarantee a customer that we will complete a project by a scheduled date. We sometimes also provide that the project, when completed, will achieve certain performance standards. If we subsequently fail to complete the project as scheduled, or if the project subsequently fails to meet the guaranteed performance standards, we may be held responsible for cost impacts to the client resulting from any delay or the costs to cause the project to achieve the performance standards. In most cases where we fail to meet contract-defined performance standards, we may be subject to agreed-upon liquidated damages. To the extent that these events occur, the total costs for the project would exceed our original estimates, and we could experience reduced profits, or in some cases, a loss for that project.

 

Our international operations involve special risks.

 

We pursue project opportunities internationally through foreign and domestic subsidiaries as well as through agreements with domestic and foreign joint venture partners. Our international operations accounted for approximately 10% of our revenues in 2003. Our foreign operations are subject to special risks, including:

 

                  unstable political, economic, financial and market conditions;

 

                  potential incompatibility with foreign joint venture partners;

 

I-17



 

                  foreign currency controls and fluctuations;

 

                  trade restrictions;

 

                  restrictions on repatriating foreign profits back to the United States;

 

                  increases in taxes;

 

                  civil disturbances and acts of terrorism, violence or war in the United States or elsewhere; and

 

                  changes in labor conditions, labor strikes and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.

 

Events outside of our control may limit or disrupt operations, restrict the movement of funds, result in the deprivation of contract rights, increase foreign taxation or limit repatriation of earnings. In addition, in some cases, applicable law and joint venture or other agreements may provide that each joint venture partner is jointly and severally liable for all liabilities of the venture.

 

Our international operations may require our employees or subcontractors to travel to high security risk countries, which may result in employee injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs.

 

As a global provider of engineering, construction and management services, we dispatch employees and subcontractors to various countries around the world. A country may represent a high security risk because of its political, social or economic upheaval such as war, civil unrest or ongoing acts of terrorism. Senior level employees and other key employees and subcontractors have been, and may continue to be, deployed to provide services in high security risk countries. As a result, it is possible that our employees or subcontractors may suffer injury or death, repatriation problems or other unforeseen costs and risks in the course of their international projects, which could negatively impact our operations.

 

We could be subject to liabilities as a result of our performance.

 

The nature of our engineering and construction businesses exposes us to potential liability claims and contract disputes that may reduce our profits.

 

We engage in engineering and construction activities for large industrial facilities where design, construction or systems failures can result in substantial injury or damage to third parties. Any liability in excess of our insurance limits at locations engineered or constructed by us, where our products are installed or where our services are performed could result in significant liability claims against us, which claims may reduce our earnings. In addition, if a customer disputes our performance of project services, the customer may decide to delay or withhold payment to us. If we were ultimately unable to collect on these payments, our profits would be reduced.

 

We could be subject to liability under environmental laws and regulations.

 

We are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things, discharges to air and water, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous or solid waste materials and the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances. These laws and regulations and the risk of attendant litigation can cause significant delays to a project and add significantly to its cost. Violations of these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations could subject us and our management to civil and criminal penalties and other liabilities. These laws and regulations may become more stringent, or be more stringently enforced, in the future.

 

I-18



 

Various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as common law, may impose liability for property damage and costs of investigation and cleanup of hazardous or toxic substances on property currently or previously owned by us or arising out of our waste management or environmental remediation activities. These laws may impose responsibility and liability without regard to knowledge of or causation of the presence of contaminants. The liability under these laws is joint and several. We have potential liabilities associated with our past waste management and contract mining activities and with our current and prior ownership of various properties.

 

Expiration of the Price-Anderson Act’s indemnification authority could have adverse consequences on our Power and Energy & Environment business units.

 

Our Power and Energy & Environment business units provide engineering, construction and operations and maintenance services in the nuclear power market, and approximately 15% of our backlog is derived from nuclear services. The Price-Anderson Act promotes and regulates the nuclear power industry in the United States. It comprehensively regulates the manufacture, use and storage of radioactive materials, and promotes the nuclear power industry by offering broad indemnification to nuclear power plant operators and certain Department of Energy contractors like us. While the Price-Anderson Act’s indemnification provisions are broad, it has not been determined whether they apply to all liabilities that might be incurred by a radioactive materials cleanup contractor. The Price-Anderson Act’s provisions with respect to indemnification of Department of Energy contractors under newly signed contracts will expire on December 31, 2004. Congress has extended the expiration date of the Act in the past, and it is expected that it will extend the expiration date in the future beyond December 31, 2004. Our business units could be adversely affected if the Price-Anderson Act is not extended beyond December 31, 2004 due to either the unwillingness of plant operators to retain us or our inability to obtain adequate indemnification and insurance because of the unavailability of the protections of the Price-Anderson Act.

 

Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used to prepare our financial statements.

 

In order to prepare financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, our management is required to make estimates and assumptions as of the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include:

 

                  determination of new work awards and backlog;

 

                  recognition of contract revenue, costs, profit or losses in applying the principles of percentage-of-completion accounting;

 

                  recognition of recoveries under contract change orders or claims;

 

                  collectibility of billed and unbilled accounts receivable and the need and amount of any allowance for doubtful accounts;

 

                  the amount of reserves necessary for self-insured risks;

 

                  the determination of liabilities under pension and other post-retirement benefit programs;

 

                  estimated amounts for expected project losses, reclamation costs, warranty costs or other contract closing costs;

 

                  recoverability of goodwill;

 

I-19



 

                  provisions for income taxes and any related valuation allowances; and

 

                  accruals for other estimated liabilities, including litigation reserves.

 

Our use of percentage-of-completion accounting could result in a reduction or elimination of previously reported profits.

 

As more fully discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Overview” in Item 7 and in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, a substantial portion of our revenues are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Generally, the percentage-of-completion accounting practices we utilize result in our recognizing contract revenues and earnings ratably, based on the proportion of costs incurred to total estimated contract costs or on the proportion of labor hours or labor costs incurred to total estimated labor hours or labor costs. For certain long-term contracts, completion is measured on estimated physical completion or units of production.

 

The cumulative effect of revisions to contract revenues and estimated completion costs, including incentive awards, penalties, change orders, claims and anticipated losses, is recorded in the accounting period in which the amounts are known and can be reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur at any time and the effects could be material. A change order is included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Claims are included in total estimated contract revenue, only to the extent that contract costs related to the claim have been incurred, when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on claims until final settlement occurs.

 

Although we have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of the extent of progress towards completion of contract revenue and of contract completion costs on our long-term engineering and construction contracts, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual completion costs may vary from estimates, and it is possible that such variances could be material to our operating results.

 

If we have to write off a significant amount of intangible assets, our earnings will be negatively impacted.

 

Goodwill is included on our balance sheet and is a significant asset, totaling $360 million at January 2, 2004. If our goodwill were to be significantly impaired, we would be required to write-off the impaired amount. The write-off would negatively impact our earnings; however, it would not impact our cash flows. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

Our stockholder rights plan, our organizational documents, some of our agreements and provisions of Delaware law could inhibit a change in control.

 

We are subject to various restrictions and other requirements that may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us, such as:

 

                  our stockholder rights plan;

 

                  provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

                  some of our agreements, including the disbursing agreement that we entered into in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy; and

 

                  Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law.

 

I-20



 

On June 21, 2002, our board of directors approved a stockholder rights plan. Under this plan, each share of our common stock is accompanied by a right that entitles the holder of that share, upon the occurrence of specified events that may be intended to effect a change in control, to purchase either additional shares of our common stock or shares of an acquiring company’s common stock at a price equal to one-half of the current market price of the relevant shares.

 

A number of provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also may make a change in control more difficult, including, among others, provisions relating to a classified board of directors, removal of directors only for cause, the elimination of our stockholders’ ability to fill vacancies on the board of directors and to call special meetings and supermajority stockholder amendments. In addition, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100 million shares of our common stock and 10 million shares of our preferred stock. Our board of directors has the power to determine the price and terms under which additional capital stock may be issued and to fix the terms of preferred stock. Existing shareholders will not have preemptive rights with respect to any of those shares.

 

On January 25, 2002, the date on which we emerged from bankruptcy protection pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire an additional 8,520,424 shares of our common stock to a disbursing agent for the benefit of unsecured creditors in our bankruptcy. As of February 20, 2004, 1,737,294 shares of our common stock had been distributed to various unsecured creditors. Pending the distribution of the remaining shares to the unsecured creditors, the disbursing agreement requires the disbursing agent to vote the shares held by the disbursing agent as recommended by our board of directors, unless the reorganization plan committee established in connection with our bankruptcy directs it to vote the shares in proportion to the votes cast and abstentions claimed by all other stockholders eligible to vote on the particular matter.

 

Since March 6, 2003, our common stock has been quoted on the NASDAQ National Market®. As a result, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is applicable to us and generally limits the ability of major stockholders to engage in specified transactions with us that may be intended to effect a change in control.

 

The significant demands on our cash resources could affect our ability to achieve our business plan.

 

We have substantial demands on our cash resources in addition to operating expenses and interest expense, principally capital expenditures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition and Liquidity.”

 

Our ability to fund working capital requirements will depend upon our future operating performance, which, in turn, will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to fund our businesses, we will be forced to adopt an alternative strategy that may include:

 

                  reducing or delaying capital expenditures;

 

                  limiting our growth;

 

                  seeking additional debt financing or equity capital;

 

                  selling assets; or

 

                  restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness.

 

We cannot provide assurance that any of these strategies could be affected on favorable terms or at all. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition and Liquidity.”

 

I-21



 

Adequate bonding is necessary for us to successfully win new work awards on some types of contracts.

 

In line with industry practice, we are often required to provide performance and surety bonds to customers under fixed-price contracts. These bonds indemnify the customer should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. We have a bonding facility but, as is typically the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, due to events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally, bonding may be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available to us on reasonable terms. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

 

We do not own significant real property for operations. Our principal administrative office facilities located in Boise, Idaho; Cleveland, Ohio; Aiken, South Carolina; Denver, Colorado; Princeton, New Jersey; Birmingham, Alabama; and Arlington, Virginia are leased under long-term, noncancelable leases expiring in 2008, 2006, 2011, 2007, 2007, 2007 and 2007, respectively. As of January 2, 2004, we owned more than 3,200 units of heavy and light mobile construction, environmental remediation and contract mining equipment. We consider our construction, environmental remediation and mining equipment and leased administrative and engineering facilities to be well maintained and suitable for our current operations.

 

As of January 2, 2004, our principal facilities were as follows:

 

Property location

 

Facility Sq. Ft.

 

Owned/Leased

 

Segment/
Business Unit*

 

Usage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aiken, SC

 

96,250

 

Leased

 

6,5

 

Business unit headquarters/ engineering

 

Arlington, VA

 

25,009

 

Leased

 

2,5,6,7

 

Business unit headquarters/regional office

 

Bellevue, WA

 

16,991

 

Leased

 

2,4

 

Area office

 

Birmingham, AL

 

140,635

 

Leased

 

4,8

 

Regional office

 

Boise, ID

 

50,511

 

Leased

 

7

 

Records/retention center

 

Boise, ID

 

184,453

 

Leased

 

1,2,4,6,7

 

Corporate/business unit headquarters

 

Boothwyn, PA

 

14,400

 

Leased

 

4

 

Office

 

Bucharest, Romania

 

48,438

 

Leased

 

5,8

 

Engineering

 

Carlsbad, NM

 

222,306

 

Leased

 

6

 

Office/warehouse/container fabrication

 

Cleveland, OH

 

88,775

 

Leased

 

4,5,8

 

Business unit headquarters/engineering

 

Denver, CO

 

215,903

 

Leased

 

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8

 

Corporate/business unit headquarters/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Downers Grove, IL

 

13,888

 

Leased

 

1,4

 

Office/engineering

 

Ewa, HI

 

215,099

 

Leased

 

2

 

Land

 

Hato Rey, Puerto Rico

 

16,100

 

Leased

 

4

 

Office/engineering

 

Highland, CA

 

17,400

 

Owned

 

2

 

Regional office/equipment yard

 

Holmbrook, England

 

10,632

 

Leased

 

4

 

Area office

 

Irvine, CA

 

10,630

 

Leased

 

2,4

 

Area office/engineering

 

Joliet, IL

 

52,560

 

Leased

 

2

 

Storage yard/warehouse

 

Las Vegas, NV

 

217,800

 

Leased

 

2

 

Storage yards

 

 

I-22



 

Property location

 

Facility Sq. Ft.

 

Owned/Leased

 

Segment/
Business Unit*

 

Usage

 

Monmouth Junction, NJ

 

10,000

 

Leased

 

1

 

Office/warehouse

 

New York, NY

 

28,331

 

Leased

 

1,2

 

Area office

 

Petaluma, CA

 

43,800

 

Owned

 

2

 

Office/precast concrete fabrication

 

Pine Bluff, AR

 

114,052

 

Leased

 

6

 

Warehouse

 

Ploiesti, Romania

 

48,437

 

Leased

 

5,8

 

Engineering

 

Princeton, NJ

 

368,245

 

Leased

 

1,2,4,6,8

 

Business unit headquarters/regional offices/engineering

 

San Ramon, CA

 

15,684

 

Leased

 

2

 

Regional office

 

St. Louis, MO

 

7,500

 

Leased

 

4

 

Regional office/engineering

 

Warrington, England

 

51,836

 

Leased

 

4

 

Office

 

West Valley, NY

 

41,329

 

Leased

 

6

 

Office

 

 


* Segment/business unit:

 

1 – Power

 

2 – Infrastructure

 

3 – Mining

 

4 – Industrial/Process

 

5 – Defense

 

6 – Energy & Environment

 

7 – Corporate

 

8 – Operations centers used by all business units

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are a defendant in various lawsuits resulting from allegations that third parties sustained injuries and damage from the inhalation of asbestos fibers contained in materials used in construction projects. In addition, based on proofs of claims filed with the court during the pendency of our bankruptcy proceedings, we are aware of other potential asbestos claims against us. We never were a manufacturer of asbestos or products which contain asbestos. Asbestos-related lawsuits against us result from allegations that third parties sustained injuries and damage from the inhalation of asbestos fibers contained in materials used in construction projects and that we allegedly were negligent, the typical negligence claim being that we had a duty but failed to warn the plaintiff or claimant of, or failed to protect the plaintiff or claimant from, the dangers of asbestos. We believe that we have substantial third party insurance coverage for most, but not all, of these existing and potential claims and remaining amounts will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

While we expect that additional asbestos claims will be filed against us in the future, we have no basis for estimating the number of claims or individual or cumulative settlement amounts and, accordingly, no provision has been made for future claims. We believe, however, that the outcome of these actions, individually and collectively, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

We also incorporate by reference the information regarding legal proceedings set forth under the caption “Other” in Note 13, “Contingencies and Commitments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

Our reorganization case is “In re Washington Group International, Inc. and Related Cases, Docket No. BK-N 01-31627-GWZ, in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada.

 

The litigation related to the Old MK 401(k) Plan discussed under the caption “Other” in Note 13, “Contingencies and Commitments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report

 

I-23



 

refers to John B. Blyler, et al., v. William J. Agee, et al., Case No. CIV97-0332-S-BLW, in the U.S. District Court for the District of Idaho.

 

The litigation brought by the Authority of the City of New York discussed under the caption “Other” in Note 13, “Contingencies and Commitments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report refers to Trataros Construction, Inc. et al. v. The New York City School Construction Authority et al., Index No. 20213/01, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of Kings.

 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

We submitted no matters to a vote of our stockholders during the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

I-24



 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market information

 

On January 25, 2002, the date on which we emerged from bankruptcy protection pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization, all of our then-existing equity securities, including our common stock, were canceled and extinguished, and 25,000,000 shares of New Common Stock were issued.

 

From its issuance on January 25, 2002 until March 6, 2003, our New Common Stock traded in the over-the-counter market. The price of our New Common Stock was quoted by the Pink Sheets® quotation service under the ticker symbol “WNGXQ” until July 30, 2002 when the OTC Bulletin Board® began quotation of our common stock under the ticker symbol “WGII.” Our New Common Stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Market® under the ticker symbol “WGII” on March 6, 2003.

 

At the close of business on February 20, 2004, we had 25,153,665 shares of common stock issued and outstanding; 5,000,000 of these shares were allocated to the unsecured creditor pool as part of the Plan of Reorganization, 1,737,294 shares have been distributed to various unsecured creditors, and the remaining 3,262,706 shares will be distributed as the claim pool is resolved. As part of the Plan of Reorganization, 8,520,424 stock purchase warrants were issued and awarded to the unsecured creditor pool. At the close of business on February 20, 2004, 2,960,496 warrants had been distributed to various unsecured creditors, and the remaining 5,559,928 warrants will be distributed as the claim pool is resolved.

 

The following tables set forth the high and low prices per share of our New Common Stock for each quarterly period in 2003 and 2002.

 

Common stock market prices

 

2003 quarters ended

 

April 4
2003 (1)

 

July 4
2003 (2)

 

October 3
2003 (2)

 

January 2
2004 (2)

 

High

 

$

17.75

 

$

23.15

 

$

27.95

 

$

34.33

 

Low

 

14.35

 

17.38

 

21.59

 

26.85

 

 

2002 quarters ended

 

March 29
2002 (3)

 

June 28
2002 (3)

 

September 27
2002 (4)

 

January 3
2003 (5)

 

High

 

$

24.00

 

$

24.00

 

$

22.00

 

$

17.00

 

Low

 

17.20

 

19.00

 

13.00

 

12.20

 

 


(1)          Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Market® on March 6, 2003. Previously, our stock was reported by the OTC Bulletin Board®. The high common stock price for this quarter was reported by the NASDAQ National Market®. The low common stock price for this quarter was reported by the OTC Bulletin Board®. The over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

(2)          The high and low prices are the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ National Market®.

(3)          Prices are high and low over-the-counter bid prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the Pink Sheets® quotation service. The over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

(4)          The high price is the high over-the-counter Pink Sheets® quotation service composite bid price per share of our common stock, and the low price is the low over-the-counter bid price per share of our common stock, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board®. The over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

II-1



 

(5)          The high and low prices are the high and low over-the-counter bid prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board®. The over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

Holders

 

The number of holders of our voting common stock at January 2, 2004 was approximately 499. This number does not include all beneficial owners of our common stock held in the name of a nominee.

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid a cash dividend since the first quarter of fiscal 1994 and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the near term.  Our credit facility has specified restrictions on dividend payments. For a more detailed discussion, see Note 8, “Credit Facilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities

 

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during 2003.

 

II-2



 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(In millions, except per share data)

 

As of February 1, 2002, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection, we adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, we created a new entity for financial reporting purposes. The effective date of our emergence from bankruptcy is considered to be the close of business on February 1, 2002 for financial reporting purposes. In the tables below, the periods presented through February 1, 2002 have been designated “Predecessor Company” and the periods subsequent to February 1, 2002 have been designated “Successor Company.”

 

Effective December 29, 2001, we changed our fiscal year to the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31 from the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to November 30.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

OPERATIONS SUMMARY

 

Year Ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven
Months
Ended
January 3,
2003

 

One
Month
Ended
February 1,
2002

 

One
Month
Ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year Ended
November 30,
2001

 

Year Ended
December 1,
2000 (a)

 

Year Ended
December 3,
1999 (b)

 

Revenue

 

$

2,501.2

 

$

3,311.6

 

$

349.9

 

$

308.3

 

$

4,041.6

 

$

3,090.8

 

$

2,292.0

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

176.3

 

149.0

 

11.1

 

.2

 

97.7

 

(94.7)

(c)

111.7

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

25.5

 

27.4

 

3.1

 

1.3

 

17.9

 

13.1

 

12.4

 

Operating income (loss)

 

150.5

 

131.7

 

9.4

 

(31.8

)

18.3

 

(1,351.5)

(d)

85.5

 

Extraordinary item –gain on debt discharge

 

 

 

567.2

(e)

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

42.1

 

37.7

 

522.2

 

(26.0

)

(85.0

)

(859.4

)

48.3

 

Income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

1.68

 

1.51

 

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

Diluted

 

1.66

 

1.51

 

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

Shares used to compute income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

25.0

 

25.0

 

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

Diluted

 

25.3

 

25.0

 

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

(f)

FINANCIAL POSITION SUMMARY AT END OF PERIOD­­

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

789.0

 

$

731.1

 

$

1,072.4

 

$

1,191.8

 

$

1,203.0

 

$

1,581.3

 

$

595.7

 

Total assets

 

1,410.5

 

1,415.4

 

1,783.4

 

2,133.9

 

2,140.4

 

2,656.0

 

1,267.0

 

Current liabilities

 

538.4

 

595.1

 

973.2

 

621.7

 

627.1

 

1,969.6

 

437.9

 

Liabilities subject to compromise

 

 

 

 

1,950.3

 

1,928.2

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

40.0

 

 

 

692.9

 

100.0

 

Minority interests

 

48.5

 

56.1

 

78.0

 

75.8

 

76.5

 

79.7

 

103.1

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

660.9

 

596.8

 

550.0

 

(576.9

)

(551.5

)

(464.9

)

403.1

 

 


(a)          On July 7, 2000, we acquired RE&C in a transaction accounted for as a purchase; accordingly, the results of operations of RE&C have been included in our operations from the date of the acquisition. See Items 1 and 7 of this report and Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

(b)         On March 22, 1999, we acquired a majority economic interest in the government and environmental services businesses of CBS Corporation (now Viacom, Inc.) in a transaction accounted for as a purchase; accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired businesses have been included in our operations from the date of the acquisition.

 

(c)          Gross loss during the year ended December 1, 2000 includes $141.0 of adjustments to the allocation of the RE&C purchase price to the net assets acquired for items that we believe were additional misstatements, based on subsequent

 

II-3



 

information we obtained, but that were not included in an arbitration claim against the Sellers, including adjustments to estimates at completion on contracts and increases in self-insurance reserves.

 

(d)         Operating loss during the year ended December 1, 2000 includes adjustments for items discussed in (c) and a $444.1 impairment of an arbitration claim receivable from the Sellers. In addition, we analyzed for impairment the assets acquired in the acquisition of RE&C, including goodwill. Based upon the results of our analysis, we recorded an impairment of $747.5 of acquired assets.

 

(e)          Extraordinary item consists of the gain on debt discharge of $1,460.7, less the value of New Common Stock and warrants issued of $550.0, net of income tax of $343.5, upon emergence from bankruptcy. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

(f)            Net income per share is not presented for these periods as it is not meaningful because of the revised capital structure of the Successor Company.

 

II-4


ITEM 7.          MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of this report. The following analysis contains forward-looking statements about our future revenues, operating results and expectations. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties affecting these statements and “Risk Factors” in Item 1 of this report.

 

References in our management’s discussion and analysis to 2003 are for the year ended January 2, 2004. References to 2002 are for the one month ended February 1, 2002, which preceded our emergence from bankruptcy protection, combined with the post-emergence eleven months ended January 3, 2003. References to 2001 are for the year ended November 30, 2001.

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are an international provider of a broad range of design, engineering, construction, construction management, facilities and operations management, environmental remediation and mining services. We offer our various services separately or as part of an integrated package throughout the life cycle of a customer’s project. We serve our clients through six business units: Power, Infrastructure, Mining, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment.

 

We are subject to numerous factors, which have an impact on our ability to obtain new work. The Power business unit is dependent on the domestic demand for new power generating facilities and the modification of existing power facilities. Infrastructure is affected by the availability of public sector funding for transportation projects and availability of bonding. Mining is affected by demand for coal and other extractive resources. The Industrial/Process business unit is affected in general by the growth prospects in the U.S. economy and more directly by the capital spending plans of its large customer base. Finally, the Defense and Energy & Environment business units are almost entirely dependent on the spending levels of the U.S. government, in particular, the Departments of Energy and Defense.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RELATED CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

Our accounting and financial reporting policies are in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Although our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report, the following discussion is intended to describe those accounting policies most critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. The development and selection of the critical accounting policies, related critical accounting estimates and the disclosure below have been reviewed with the audit review committee of our board of directors.

 

Revenue recognition.We follow the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. We recognize revenue on engineering and construction-type contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting whereby revenue is recognized as performance under the contract progresses. For most of our fixed-price and target-price contracts, we use a cost-to-cost approach to measure progress towards completion. Under the cost-to-cost method, we make periodic estimates of our progress towards completion by comparing costs incurred to date with total estimated contract costs. Revenue is then calculated on a cumulative basis (project-to-date) as the total contract value multiplied by the current percentage complete. Revenue for a reporting period is calculated as the cumulative project-to-date revenue less project revenue recognized in prior periods. However, we defer profit recognition on fixed-price and certain target-priced construction contracts until progress is sufficient to estimate the probable outcome, which

 

II-5



 

generally does not occur until the project is at least 20% complete. Fixed-price contracts accounted for 30% of our total revenue for the year ended January 2, 2004.

 

For contracts that include significant materials or equipment costs, we use an efforts expended method to measure progress towards completion based on labor hours, labor dollars or some other measurement of physical completion. For certain long-term contracts involving mining and environmental and hazardous substance remediation, progress towards completion is measured using the units of production method. Revenues from reimbursable or cost-plus contracts are recognized on the basis of costs incurred during the period plus the fee earned. Service-related contracts, including operations and maintenance contracts, are accounted for over the period of performance, in proportion to the costs of performance, evenly over the period or over units of production. Award fees associated with U.S. government contracts are initially estimated and recognized based on prior historical performance until the client has confirmed the final award fee. Performance-based incentive fees are included in contract value when a basis exists for the reasonable prediction of performance in relation to established targets. When a basis for reasonable prediction does not exist, performance-based incentive fees are recognized when actually awarded by the client.

 

Revenue recognition for construction and engineering contracts also depends on whether the contract or project is determined to be an “at-risk” or an “agency” relationship between the client and us. Determination of the relationship is based on characteristics of the contract or the relationship with the client. For “at-risk” relationships, the gross revenue and the costs of materials, services, payroll, benefits, non-income tax and other costs are recognized in our statement of operations. For “agency” relationships, where we act as an agent for our client, only fee revenue is recognized, meaning that direct project costs and the related reimbursement from the client are netted.

 

The use of the percentage-of-completion method for revenue recognition requires the use of various estimates, including among others, the extent of progress towards completion, contract completion costs and contract revenue. Profit margins to be recognized are dependent upon the accuracy of estimated engineering progress, materials quantities, achievement of milestones and other incentives, penalty provisions, labor productivity and other cost estimates. Such estimates are dependent upon various judgments we make with respect to those factors, and some are difficult to accurately determine until the project is significantly underway. Progress is evaluated each reporting period. We recognize adjustments to profitability on contracts utilizing the percentage-of-completion method on a cumulative basis, when such adjustments are identified. We have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of the extent of progress towards completion, contract revenue and contract completion costs on our long-term engineering and construction contracts. However, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual completion costs may vary from estimates. In limited circumstances, we may use the completed-contract method for specific contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make the estimates doubtful.

 

Change orders and claims. Once contract performance is underway, we often experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, designs, materials and expectations regarding the period of performance. The majority of such changes present minimal or no financial risk to us. Generally, a “change order” will be negotiated with our customer to modify the original contract to approve both the scope and price of the change. Occasionally, however, disagreements arise regarding changes, their nature, measurement, timing and other characteristics that impact costs and revenue under the contract. When a change becomes a point of dispute between our customer and us, we then consider it as a claim.

 

Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred. Change orders are included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Claims are included in total estimated contract revenue, only to the extent that contract costs related to the claim have been incurred, when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on claims until final settlement occurs. This can lead to a situation where costs are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized when customer agreement is obtained or claim resolution occurs, which can be in subsequent periods. We recognized $35.2 million, $15.4 million and $31.7 million of claim revenue during 2003, 2002 and 2001,

 

II-6



 

respectively. Substantially all claims were settled and collected during each respective period for which claim revenue was recognized. Additional contract related costs, including subcontractors’ share of claim settlements, of $9.0 million and $2.6 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively, reduced the impact on operating income of the claim settlements disclosed above.

 

Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts and changes in contract estimates. We record provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts in the period in which such losses are identified. The cumulative effect of revisions to contract revenue and estimated completion costs are recorded in the accounting period in which the amounts become evident and can be reasonably estimated. These revisions include such items as the effects of change orders and claims, warranty claims, liquidated damages or other contractual penalties, adjustments for audit findings on U.S. government contracts and contract closeout settlements. It is possible that there will be future and currently unknown significant adjustments to our estimated contract revenues, costs and gross margins for contracts currently in process, particularly in the later stages of the contracts. These adjustments are common in the construction industry and inherent in the nature of our contracts. These adjustments could, depending on the magnitude of the adjustments and/or the number of contracts being completed, materially, positively or negatively, affect our operating results in an annual or quarterly reporting period.

 

Goodwill. Effective February 1, 2002, in conjunction with fresh-start reporting, we used the purchase method of accounting to allocate our reorganization value of $550 million to our net assets, based on estimates of fair value, with the excess being recorded as goodwill. As of January 2, 2004, we have $359.9 million of goodwill. Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is no longer amortized but is to be tested for impairment at least annually. We regularly evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred which may indicate a possible impairment of goodwill and perform the annual impairment test for all of our reporting units each October. In conducting the impairment test, we apply various techniques to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. These techniques are inherently subjective, and the resulting values are not necessarily representative of the values we might obtain in a sale of our reporting units to a willing third party. Based on our annual review of the recoverability of goodwill as of October 31, 2003, we determined that our goodwill is not impaired. However, our businesses are cyclical and subject to competitive pressures. Therefore it is possible that the goodwill values of our business units could be adversely impacted in the future by these or other factors and that a significant impairment adjustment, which would reduce earnings and potentially affect debt covenants, could be required in such circumstances.

 

Litigation claims and contingencies. In the normal course of business, we are subject to a variety of contractual guarantees and litigation. In general, guarantees can relate to project scheduling, project completion, plant performance or meeting required standards of workmanship. Most of our litigation involves us as a defendant in workers’ compensation, personal injury, contract, environmental, environmental exposure, professional liability and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for some aspects of our business and operations. In addition, we have elected to retain a portion of insured losses that may occur through the use of various deductibles, limits and retentions under our insurance programs. This situation may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially insured, or completely uninsured.

 

Government funded contracts are, and are expected to continue to be, a significant part of our business. We derived 42% of our consolidated operating revenues in 2003 from contracts with the U.S. government. Allowable costs under U.S. government contracts are subject to audit by the government. To the extent that these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowable costs or were not allocated in accordance with federal regulations, we could be required to reimburse the government for amounts previously received. We also have a number of U.S. government contracts which extend beyond one year and for which government funding has not yet been approved. All U.S. government contracts and some foreign contracts are subject to unilateral termination at the convenience of the customer.

 

Estimating liabilities and costs associated with such claims, guarantees, litigation and audits and investigations requires judgment and assessment based on professional knowledge and experience of our management and legal counsel. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, amounts are recorded as charges to earnings when we determine that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the

 

II-7



 

amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The ultimate resolution of any such exposure may vary from earlier estimates as further facts and circumstances become known. We determine the level of reserves to establish for both insurance related claims that are known and have been asserted against us, as well as for insurance-related claims that are believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analysis, but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators as of the respective balance sheet dates. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated results of operations.

 

OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND TERMS

 

The following summary of significant accounting policies and terms is presented to provide a better understanding of our industry, our consolidated financial statements and discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial position and liquidity.

 

New work. New work represents the monetary value of a contract entered into with a client that is binding on both parties and reflects the revenue, or equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, expected to be recognized from that contract.

 

Backlog. Backlog represents the total accumulation of new work awarded less the amount of revenue, or equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, recognized to date on contracts at a specific point in time. It comprises the total value of awarded contracts that are not complete and the revenue, or equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, that is expected to be recognized over the remaining life of the projects in process. We believe backlog is a key predictor of future earnings potential. Although backlog reflects business that we consider to be firm, cancellations or reductions may occur and may reduce backlog and future revenues. We have a significant number of clients that consistently extend or add to the scope of existing contracts. We do not include any estimate of this ongoing work in backlog until awarded.

 

There are three unique aspects of our approach to recording new work and backlog:

 

·                  Government contracts - Most of our government contracts cover several years. However, funding for the contracts is subject to annual appropriations by Congress. To account for the risk that future amounts may not be appropriated, we only include the most immediate two years of forecast revenue in our backlog. Therefore, as time passes and appropriations occur, additional new work is recorded on existing government contracts. At January 2, 2004, U.S. government funded contracts comprised approximately 42% of our total backlog.

 

·                  Mining contracts - Mining contracts span varying periods of time up to the life of the resource. For new work and backlog purposes, we limit the amount recorded to five years. Similar to our practices with government contracts, as time passes, we recognize additional new work as commitments for that future work are firmed up. At January 2, 2004, mining contracts comprised approximately 13% of our total backlog.

 

·                  At-risk and agency contracts - The amount of new work and related backlog recognized depends on whether the contract or project is determined to be an “at-risk” or “agency” relationship between the client and us. For “at-risk” relationships, the expected gross revenue is included in new work and backlog. For relationships where we act as an agent for our client, only the expected net fee revenue is included in new work and backlog. At January 2, 2004, agency contracts comprised approximately 7% of our total backlog.

 

Joint ventures and equity investments. Joint ventures and equity investments are utilized when contracts are executed jointly through partnerships and joint ventures with unrelated third parties.

 

·                  Joint ventures. A large part of our work on large construction and engineering projects is performed through unincorporated joint ventures with one or more partners. For those in which we control the joint

 

II-8



 

venture by contract terms or other means, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the joint venture are fully consolidated in our financial statements, and the minority interests of third parties are separately deducted in our financial statements. For those construction joint ventures in which we do not control the joint venture, we report our pro rata portion of revenue and costs, but the balance sheet reflects only our net investment in the project. Joint ventures that do not involve construction or engineering activities, and we do not control the joint venture, are reported using the equity method of accounting in which we record our portion of the joint venture’s net income (loss) as equity in income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates and our investment on the balance sheet reflects our original investment, at cost, as adjusted for our equity in the income (loss) of the joint venture.

 

·                  Partially owned subsidiary companies. For incorporated ventures in which we have a controlling interest, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the subsidiary company are fully consolidated in our financial statements, and the minority interests of third parties are separately deducted in our financial statements. However, for those in which we do not have a controlling interest but do have significant influence, we use the equity method of accounting in which we record our portion of the subsidiary company’s net income (loss) as equity in income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates and our investment on the balance sheet reflects our original investment, at cost, as adjusted for our equity in the income (loss) of the subsidiary company.

 

Normal profit. Normal profit is an accounting concept that results from the requirement that an acquiring company record all contracts of an acquiree that are in-process at the date of acquisition, including construction contracts, at fair value based on estimated normal profit margins. As such, an asset for favorable contracts or a liability for unfavorable contracts is recorded in purchase accounting. These assets or liabilities are then reduced based on revenues recorded over the remaining contract lives, effectively resulting in the recognition of a reasonable or normal profit margin on contract activity performed subsequent to the acquisition. Because of the acquisition of RE&C and the below market profit status of many of the significant acquired contracts, we recorded significant liabilities in purchase accounting. The reduction of these liabilities has a significant impact on our recorded net income, but has no impact on our cash flows. Most of the contracts with normal profit attributes are now completed and only minor amounts remain to be recognized annually.

 

Accounts receivable. Our accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been paid. On large fixed-price construction contracts, contract provisions may allow the client to withhold from 5% to 10% of invoices until the project is completed, which may be several months or years. These amounts withheld, referred to as retentions, are recorded as receivables and are separately disclosed in the financial statements.

 

Unbilled receivables. Unbilled receivables is comprised of costs incurred on projects, together with any profit recognized on projects using the percentage-of-completion method, and represents work performed but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after the accounting period cut-off occurred.

 

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. This represents amounts actually billed to clients, and perhaps collected, in excess of costs and profits incurred on a project and, as such, is reflected as a liability. Also, in limited situations, we negotiate substantial advance payments as a contract condition. These advance payments are reflected in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. Provisions for losses on contracts, reclamation reserves on mining contracts and reserves for punch-list costs, demobilization and warranty costs on contracts that have achieved substantial completion and reserves for audit and contract closing adjustments on U.S. government contracts are also included in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.

 

Estimate at completion. An estimate at completion is a financial forecast of a project that indicates the best current estimate of total revenues and profits at the point in time when the project will be completed. If a project estimate at completion indicates that a project will incur a loss, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recognized at that time.

 

II-9



 

General and administrative expenses include executive salaries and corporate functions, such as legal services, human resources and finance and accounting.

 

Self-insurance reserves. We establish and maintain self-insurance reserves for uninsured business risks. We carry substantial premium-paid, traditional insurance for our various business risks; however, we do self-insure the lower level deductibles for workers’ compensation and general, automobile and professional liability. Most of our self-insurance is underwritten by Broadway Insurance Company, a wholly owned captive Bermuda insurance subsidiary. As such, we carry self-insurance reserves on our balance sheet. The current portion of the self-insurance reserves is included in other accrued liabilities.

 

Minority interest reflects the equity investment by third parties in certain subsidiary companies and joint ventures that we have consolidated in our financial statements, and is comprised primarily of BNFL’s interest in the Westinghouse Businesses.

 

Government contract costs are incurred under some of our contracts, primarily in our Defense and Energy & Environment business units. We have contracts with the U.S. government that contain provisions requiring compliance with the U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulations and the U.S. Cost Accounting Standards. The allowable costs we charge to those contracts are subject to adjustment upon audit and negotiation by various agencies of the U.S. government. Audits and negotiations of indirect costs are substantially complete through 2000. Audits of 2001 indirect costs are in progress. We are also in the process of preparing cost impact statements as required under the U.S. Cost Accounting Standards for 1999 through 2003, which are subject to audit and negotiation. We have also prepared and submitted to the U.S. government cost impact statements for 1989 through 1998 for which we believe no adjustments are necessary. We believe that the results of the indirect cost audits and negotiations and the cost impact statements will not result in a material change to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Pension and post-retirement benefit plans include certain plans for which we assumed sponsorship through (1) the acquisition by BNFL and us of the Westinghouse Businesses and (2) our acquisition from the Sellers of RE&C. We assumed sponsorship of contributory defined benefit pension plans that cover employees of the Westinghouse Businesses. We make actuarially computed contributions as necessary to adequately fund benefits for these plans. We are also the sponsors of an unfunded plan to provide health care benefits for employees of Old MK who retired before July 1, 1993, including their surviving spouses and dependent children. Employees who retired from Old MK after July 1, 1993 are not eligible for subsidized post-retirement health care benefits. We also provide benefits under company-sponsored retiree health care and life insurance plans for substantially all employees of the Westinghouse Businesses. The retiree health care plans require retiree contributions and contain other cost sharing features. The retiree life insurance plan provides basic coverage on a noncontributory basis.

 

Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is presented because it is a measure commonly used in financial analysis in credit and equity markets to evaluate operating liquidity. In addition, management includes it in the various performance measures that are routinely produced and analyzed as a measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of operating performance computed in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered as a substitute for earnings from operations, net income or loss, cash flows from operating activities or other statements of operations or cash flow data prepared in conformity with GAAP, or as a GAAP measure of profitability or liquidity. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings, adjusted to exclude non-cash stock compensation and non-cash reorganization items, but before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and normal profit. Components of Adjusted EBITDA are presented below:

 

II-10



 

(In millions)

 

January 2, 2004

 

Year ended
January 3, 2003

 

Net income

 

$

42.1

 

$

559.9

 

Non-cash stock compensation and reorganization items (a)

 

6.2

 

(531.2

)

Taxes

 

46.9

 

26.1

 

Interest expense (b)

 

34.4

 

28.0

 

Depreciation and amortization (c)

 

31.3

 

56.3

 

Normal profit

 

(2.3

)

(30.9

)

Total (d)

 

$

158.6

 

$

108.2

 

 


(a)          Includes $6.2 million of stock compensation expense in 2003 and for 2002 includes the extraordinary gain on debt discharge of $567.2 million, net of tax of $343.5 million, offset by $36.0 million of non-cash reorganization charges.

(b)         Interest expense for the year ended January 2, 2004 includes the write-off of deferred financing fees of $9.8 million that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2003 in connection with refinancing the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

(c)          Depreciation and goodwill amortization includes $10.1 million for the year ended January 2, 2004 and $30.1 million for the year ended January 3, 2003 of depreciation on equipment used on a large dam and hydropower construction project in the Philippines, which we completed in 2003. We began selling the equipment during the third quarter of 2002. The majority of the equipment was sold at January 2, 2004.

(d)         Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended January 2, 2004 includes cash reorganization charges of $(4.9) million, which provided minimal tax benefit. For the year ended January 3, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA includes $(36.1) million, after tax benefit of $3.1 million for cash reorganization charges.

 

RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED EBITDA TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

We believe that net cash provided by operating activities is the financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP that is most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA. The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for each of the periods for which Adjusted EBITDA is presented.

 

 

 

Year ended

 

(In millions)

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

158.6

 

$

108.2

 

Tax expense

 

(46.9

)

(26.1

)

Interest expense (a)

 

(34.4

)

(28.0

)

Reorganization items

 

4.9

 

39.2

 

Cash paid for reorganization items

 

(9.9

)

(39.6

)

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing loan fees

 

19.6

 

11.7

 

Deferred income taxes

 

43.1

 

31.2

 

Minority interest in income of subsidiaries

 

21.9

 

21.7

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates less dividends received

 

(17.1

)

(18.9

)

Gain on sale of assets, net

 

(7.7

)

(5.4

)

Changes in net operating assets and liabilities

 

(52.5

)

(14.6

)

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

79.6

 

$

79.4

 

Cash provided by operating activities for the eleven months ended January 3, 2003

 

 

 

$

72.8

 

Plus: Cash provided by operating activities for the month ended February 1, 2002

 

 

 

6.6

 

Cash provided by operating activities for the twelve months ended January 3, 2003

 

 

 

$

79.4

 

 


(a)                                  Includes the write-off of deferred financing fees of $9.8 million that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2003 in connection with refinancing the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

 

II-11



 

 

 

REORGANIZATION CASE AND FRESH-START REPORTING

 

On May 14, 2001, Washington Group International and several but not all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada (Case No. BK-N-01-31627). The various legal entities that filed for bankruptcy are collectively referred to hereafter as the “Debtors.” The individual bankruptcy cases were administered jointly. Each of the Debtors continued to operate its business and manage its property as a debtor-in-possession pursuant to sections 1107 and 1108 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code during the pendency of the cases. For a more detailed discussion, see our current report on Form 8-K filed May 29, 2001.

 

On December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Plan of Reorganization. For a more detailed discussion, see our current report on Form 8-K filed January 4, 2002.

 

On the January 25, 2002 (the “Effective Date”), we emerged from bankruptcy protection pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization. We also entered into a secured $350 million, 30-month revolving credit facility to fund our working capital requirements and obtained bonding capacity to take on new projects. Under our Plan of Reorganization, on the Effective Date, all our equity securities existing prior to the Effective Date were canceled and extinguished; we issued an aggregate 25,000,000 shares of our New Common Stock; we issued warrants to purchase an additional aggregate 8,520,424 shares of New Common Stock; we filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopted amended and restated bylaws; we adopted new stock option plans and granted options under those plans for an aggregate 4,417,000 shares of New Common Stock, including options granted to Dennis R. Washington to purchase an aggregate 3,224,100 shares of New Common Stock; and we entered into various other agreements.

 

During the pendency of the bankruptcy cases, we continued to negotiate a settlement of our outstanding litigation with the Sellers with respect to the RE&C acquisition. We entered into the Raytheon Settlement regarding the issues and disputes between the parties, which settlement was incorporated into our Plan of Reorganization. See also Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

Under the Raytheon Settlement, the Sellers agreed that, with respect to their bankruptcy claim, the Sellers would be considered unpaid, unsecured creditors having rights in the unsecured creditor class, but that, upon completion of our reorganization, they would waive any rights to receive any distributions to be given to unsecured creditors with allowed claims. In exchange, we agreed to dismiss all litigation against the Sellers related to the acquisition, and to discontinue the purchase price adjustment and binding arbitration process. We released all claims based on any act occurring prior to our emergence from bankruptcy protection, including all claims against the Sellers, their affiliates and their directors, officers, employees, agents and specified professionals. The Sellers released all claims based on any act occurring prior to our emergence from bankruptcy protection, including any claims related to any contracts or projects not assumed by us during the bankruptcy cases, against us and our directors, officers, employees, agents and professionals. No cash was exchanged as a result of the settlement.

 

In addition, under a services agreement entered into as a part of the Raytheon Settlement, the Sellers agreed to direct the process for resolving pre-petition claims asserted against us in the bankruptcy case relating to any contract or project that we rejected and that involved some form of support arrangement from the Sellers. We agreed to assist the Sellers in settling or litigating various claims related to those rejected projects. We also agreed to complete work as requested by the Sellers on those rejected projects, and to be reimbursed on a cost-reimbursable basis. The Sellers may, with respect to the rejected projects described above, pursue or settle any of our claims against project owners, contractors or other third parties and will retain any resulting proceeds, except that for specified projects, recoveries in excess of amounts paid by the Sellers will be returned to us.

 

II-12



 

As of February 1, 2002, we adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the guidance provided by SOP 90-7. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, we created a new entity for financial reporting purposes. The effective date of our emergence from bankruptcy protection is considered to be the close of business on February 1, 2002 for financial reporting purposes. The periods presented through February 1, 2002 have been designated “Predecessor Company” and the periods subsequent to February 1, 2002 have been designated “Successor Company.”

 

These events are discussed in greater detail in Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report and are discussed in our annual reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended December 1, 2000, November 30, 2001 and January 3, 2003.

 

YEAR-END CHANGE

 

We have changed our fiscal year from a 52/53-week year ending on the Friday closest to the end of November to a 52/53-week year ending on the Friday closest to December 31. This change became effective on December 29, 2001. The one-month transition period ended December 28, 2001, is one of the financial periods presented in Item 8 of this report.

 

BUSINESS UNIT NEW WORK AND BACKLOG

 

New work for each business unit, which represents additions to backlog for the period, is presented below:

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Twelve months ended

 

NEW WORK
(In millions)

 

January 2,
2004

 

January 3,
2003

 

January 2,
2004

 

January 3,
2003

 

Power

 

$

96.1

 

$

225.8

 

$

647.7

 

$

880.3

 

Infrastructure

 

262.4

 

79.9

 

916.7

 

479.0

 

Mining

 

108.0

 

45.9

 

265.3

 

117.2

 

Industrial/Process

 

69.8

 

162.3

 

429.7

 

541.9

 

Defense

 

161.5

 

341.4

 

500.2

 

712.4

 

Energy & Environment

 

54.3

 

195.8

 

420.7

 

571.8

 

Other

 

(4.6

)

(9.0

)

5.3

 

16.3

 

Total new work

 

$

747.5

 

$

1,042.1

 

$

3,185.6

 

$

3,318.9

 

 

New work awarded in the year ended January 2, 2004 for businesses held for sale totaled $18.0 million. New work awarded in the three and twelve months ended January 3, 2003 to businesses held for sale totaled $8.7 million and $159.1 million, respectively.

 

Backlog at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 consisted of:

 

BACKLOG
(In millions)

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Power

 

$

437.9

 

$

302.4

 

Infrastructure

 

1,107.5

 

766.1

 

Mining

 

435.2

 

279.8

 

Industrial/Process

 

259.2

 

357.7

 

Defense

 

641.6

 

647.5

 

Energy & Environment

 

441.1

 

386.8

 

Other

 

 

14.8

 

Total backlog

 

$

3,322.5

 

$

2,755.1

 

 

II-13



 

New work and backlog

 

At January 2, 2004, our backlog was $3,322.5 million, an increase of $120.7 million and $567.4 million from the third quarter and the beginning of 2003, respectively. Backlog on government contracts includes only two years’ worth of the portions of such contracts that are currently funded or which management is highly confident will be funded. In this regard, the reported backlog at January 2, 2004 excludes approximately $713 million of government contracts in progress for work to be performed beyond December 2005. Approximately $1.9 billion, or 56%, of backlog at January 2, 2004 is expected to be recognized as contract revenue or as equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates in 2004. Our backlog at the end of 2003 consisted of approximately 58% cost-type and 42% fixed-price contracts compared with 56% cost-type and 44% fixed-price contracts at the end of 2002.

 

During the three months ended January 2, 2004, we recorded $747.5 million of new work, $120.7 million more than recognized as revenue or as equity income from our unconsolidated affiliates. The Power business unit’s new work during the fourth quarter of $96.1 million consisted of $65.1 million of modification services, $20.2 million of engineering services and $10.8 million of new generation power work. The Infrastructure business unit recorded $262.4 million of new work during the fourth quarter, including $228.9 million of new construction work, principally consisting of work with the Transatlantic Programs Center of the USACOE servicing Iraq, Afghanistan and Kuwait (“USACOE task orders”) and $22.5 million of engineering work orders. The Mining business unit recorded $108.0 million of new work during the fourth quarter, including $74.5 million related to a contract for site development and contract mining services for a gold and silver mine in central Mexico. The Industrial/Process business unit, which continues to be impacted by the general economic slowdown and delays in client spending, recorded $69.8 million of new work during the fourth quarter, the majority of which related to integrated services work. The Defense business unit recorded $161.5 million of new work, including $132.3 million of awards for threat reduction and $28.5 million for infrastructure projects. New work for the Energy & Environment business unit of $54.3 million included $26.7 million of awards for management services, $10.8 million for consulting services and awards of $16.8 million for energy projects.

 

New work awards for 2003 totaled $3,185.6 million. Major awards in 2003 for the Power business unit included a $177.8 million award for a new power generation project, $95.3 million derived from four projects purchased in the RE&C transaction which were originally fixed-price contracts but were converted during 2001 to cost-reimbursable contracts (the “Reformed Contracts”), and $100.0 million from a customer for modification services. Under the Reformed Contracts, the Sellers remained responsible for the performance of the contracts and, as such, continued to fund the construction of the projects. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. These projects are now complete. During 2003, our Infrastructure business unit recorded significant awards of $344.0 million related to the USACOE task orders, $310.1 million from the awards of three design-build projects and $82.2 million for the construction of a highway interchange in Nevada. Significant awards in 2003 for the Mining business unit included $93.3 million for a phosphate mining project in Canada, $74.5 million related to a contract for site development and contract mining services for a gold and silver mine in central Mexico and $26.0 million for a reclamation project in the State of Washington. The remainder of the new work for Mining primarily relates to additions to existing contracts. The Industrial/Process business unit recorded new work during 2003 of $429.7 million, of which $255.1 million related to various integrated project contracts. The Defense business unit recorded $500.2 million of new work in 2003, of which $455.3 million related to threat reduction projects. New work awards for the Energy & Environmental business unit in 2003 included $182.3 million related to management services projects, $147.5 million for renegotiated energy projects and $90.9 million of new projects in consulting services.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

On January 25, 2002, we emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and implemented fresh-start reporting effective February 1, 2002. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities at the Effective Date were adjusted to reflect their respective fair values. The consolidated financial statements after that date are those of a new reporting entity and are not comparable to the pre-emergence periods. However, to better describe the results of a

 

II-14



 

complete operating cycle, we have combined the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (post-emergence) with the month ended February 1, 2002 (pre-emergence), and presented reorganization items as bankruptcy-related items, net of tax. Comparisons of pre-emergence financial data to post-emergence financial data are not meaningful. The following table is included solely to facilitate our analysis and discussion of results of operations.

 

 

 

Pro forma (a)
Year ended

 

(In millions)

 

January 2,
2004

 

January 3,
2003

 

November 30,
2001

 

Backlog

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning backlog

 

$

2,755.1

 

$

3,378.7

 

$

5,659.4

 

New work

 

3,185.6

 

3,318.9

 

2,968.3

 

Backlog sold or adjusted

 

(91.5

)

(250.5

)

(1,020.7

)

Revenue and equity income recognized

 

(2,526.7

)

(3,692.0

)

(4,059.5

)

Ending backlog

 

$

3,322.5

 

$

2,755.1

 

$

3,547.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

2,501.2

 

$

3,661.5

 

$

4,041.6

 

Gross profit

 

$

176.3

 

$

160.1

 

$

97.7

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

25.5

 

30.5

 

17.9

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(57.5

)

(52.3

)

(56.9

)

Goodwill amortization

 

 

 

(14.6

)

Integration and merger costs

 

 

 

(18.8

)

Restructuring charges

 

 

(.6

)

(7.0

)

Other operating income

 

6.2

 

3.4

 

 

Operating income

 

150.5

 

141.1

 

18.3

 

Investment income

 

1.8

 

1.3

 

9.2

 

Interest expense

 

(24.6

)

(28.0

)

(56.8

)

Write-off of deferred financing fees

 

(9.8

)

 

 

Other income (expense), net

 

(2.1

)

1.3

 

(10.5

)

Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interests and bankruptcy related items

 

115.8

 

115.7

 

(39.8

)

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

(46.9

)

(49.9

)

18.0

 

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(21.9

)

(21.7

)

(15.5

)

Income (loss) before bankruptcy related items

 

47.0

 

44.1

 

(37.3

)

Reorganization items, net of tax

 

(4.9

)

(51.4

)

(47.7

)

Extraordinary item: debt discharge, net of tax

 

 

567.2

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

42.1

 

$

559.9

 

$

(85.0

)

 


(a)          For an explanation of pro forma adjustments, see “Reconciliation of GAAP to Pro forma Summary Financial Data” provided below.

 

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO PRO FORMA SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

Our financial results for the years ended January 2, 2004, January 3, 2003 and November 30, 2001 presented and discussed herein are pro forma in nature and reflect the following pro forma adjustments:

 

The results for the year ended January 2, 2004 are adjusted as follows:

                  The results are reclassified for the effects of accrued reorganization items of $4.9 million, which resulted from professional fees and expenses related to the bankruptcy proceedings. The tax benefit associated with these expenses was only minimal.

 

II-15



 

The results for the year ended January 3, 2003 are adjusted as follows:

                  The results of operations for the year ended January 3, 2003 combine the results of the reorganized company for the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 with pre-emergence results for the one month ended February 1, 2002.

                  The effects of accrued reorganization items, including “fresh-start” accounting to reflect the financial position at fair value of the newly reorganized company on February 1, 2002, are presented as reorganization items, net of tax. The reorganization items consisted of charges to earnings of $(36.0) million, and professional fees and expenses related to the bankruptcy proceeding of $(39.2) million, which together totaled $(75.2) million, or $(51.4) million after tax.

 

The results for the year ended November 30, 2001 are adjusted as follows:

                  The effects of accrued reorganization items, including professional fees and expenses related to the bankruptcy proceedings of $(54.7) million and net charges to earnings of $(1.8) million, which together totaled $(56.5) million, are presented as reorganization items, net of tax.

 

(In millions)

 

Year ended
January 2, 2004

 

Adjustments

 

Year ended
January 2, 2004
(Pro forma)

 

Revenue

 

$

2,501.2

 

$

 

$

2,501.2

 

Gross profit

 

$

176.3

 

$

 

$

176.3

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

25.5

 

 

25.5

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(57.5

)

 

(57.5

)

Other operating income

 

6.2

 

 

6.2

 

Operating income

 

150.5

 

 

150.5

 

Investment income

 

1.8

 

 

1.8

 

Interest expense

 

(24.6

)

 

(24.6

)

Write-off of deferred financing fees

 

(9.8

)

 

(9.8

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(2.1

)

 

(2.1

)

Income before income taxes, minority interests and bankruptcy related items

 

115.8

 

 

115.8

 

Reorganization items

 

(4.9

)

4.9

 

 

Income tax expense

 

(46.9

)

 

(46.9

)

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(21.9

)

 

(21.9

)

Income before bankruptcy related items

 

42.1

 

4.9

 

47.0

 

Reorganization items, net of tax

 

 

(4.9

)

(4.9

)

Net income

 

$

42.1

 

$

 

$

42.1

 

 

II-16



 

(In millions)

 

Successor Company
Eleven months
ended
January 3, 2003

 

Predecessor Company
One month
ended
February 1, 2002

 

Adjustments

 

Twelve months
ended
January 3, 2003
(Pro forma)

 

Revenue

 

$

 3,311.6

 

$

 349.9

 

$

 —

 

$

 3,661.5

 

Gross profit

 

$

 149.0

 

$

 11.1

 

$

 —

 

$

 160.1

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

27.4

 

3.1

 

 

30.5

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(48.1

)

(4.2

)

 

(52.3

)

Restructuring charges

 

 

(.6

)

 

(.6

)

Other operating income

 

3.4

 

 

 

3.4

 

Operating income

 

131.7

 

9.4

 

 

141.1

 

Investment income

 

.9

 

.4

 

 

1.3

 

Interest expense

 

(26.8

)

(1.2

)

 

(28.0

)

Other income (expense), net

 

1.8

 

(.5

)

 

1.3

 

Income before income taxes, minority interests and bankruptcy related items

 

107.6

 

8.1

 

 

115.7

 

Reorganization items

 

(3.1

)

(72.1

)

75.2

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

(46.2

)

20.1

 

(23.8

)

(49.9

)

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(20.6

)

(1.1

)

 

(21.7

)

Income (loss) before bankruptcy related items

 

37.7

 

(45.0

)

51.4

 

44.1

 

Reorganization items, net of tax

 

 

 

(51.4

)

(51.4

)

Extraordinary item: debt discharge, net of tax

 

 

567.2

 

 

567.2

 

Net income

 

$

 37.7

 

$

 522.2

 

$

 —

 

$

 559.9

 

 

(In millions)

 

Year ended
November 30, 2001

 

Adjustments

 

Year ended
November 30, 2001
(Pro forma)

 

Revenue

 

$

4,041.6

 

$

 

$

4,041.6

 

Gross profit

 

$

97.7

 

$

 

$

97.7

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

17.9

 

 

17.9

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(56.9

)

 

(56.9

)

Goodwill amortization

 

(14.6

)

 

(14.6

)

Integration and merger costs

 

(18.8

)

 

(18.8

)

Restructuring charges

 

(7.0

)

 

(7.0

)

Operating income

 

18.3

 

 

18.3

 

Investment income

 

9.2

 

 

9.2

 

Interest expense

 

(56.8

)

 

(56.8

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(10.5

)

 

(10.5

)

Income before income taxes, minority interests and bankruptcy related items

 

(39.8

)

 

(39.8

)

Reorganization items

 

(56.5

)

56.5

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

26.8

 

(8.8

)

18.0

 

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(15.5

)

 

(15.5

)

Income before bankruptcy related items

 

(85.0

)

47.7

 

(37.3

)

Reorganization items, net of tax

 

 

(47.7

)

(47.7

)

Net loss

 

$

(85.0

)

$

 

$

(85.0

)

 

II-17



 

2003 COMPARED TO 2002

 

Revenue and operating income

 

Revenue for 2003 declined $1,160.3, or 32%, compared to 2002 due to a number of anticipated events, including the completion of several major projects and the sale in October 2002 of the Electro-Mechanical Division (“EMD”) within the Energy & Environment business unit. The Power business unit experienced a decline in revenue primarily from the completion of four power generation projects acquired in the RE&C acquisition. Revenue from the Infrastructure business unit declined primarily from the substantial completion of certain large projects, including a dam and hydropower project in the Philippines. In addition, our Industrial/Process business unit was affected by a weakness in the domestic and international economies, causing a reduction in demand and capital spending for our services in this market.

 

Although revenue declined, operating income for 2003 increased slightly by $9.4 million, or 7%, from 2002 primarily from performance incentives and lower than expected costs incurred by the Power business unit related to the completion of a steam generator replacement contract and the settlement of contract claims and improved operating performance in the Infrastructure business unit. The Energy & Environment business unit experienced a decline in operating income primarily from the sale of EMD. Additionally, general and administrative expense increased in 2003 primarily due to expense associated with the extension of our chairman’s stock options recognized in the fourth quarter. The overall decline in revenue from projects completed or near completion mentioned above had little impact on operating income in 2002, as several of these major projects contributed nominal operating earnings during 2002. Operating income included the recognition of normal profit of $2.3 million and $30.9 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, due to the completion of acquired contracts assigned normal profit. Normal profit has no affect on our cash flows.

 

The diversification of our business may cause margins to vary between periods due to the inherent risks and rewards on fixed-price contracts causing unplanned gains and losses on contracts. Margins may also vary between periods due to changes in mix and timing of contracts executed by us, which contain various risk and profit profiles and are subject to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process.

 

For a more detailed discussion of our revenue and operating income, see “Business Unit Results” later in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates for 2003 declined $5.0 million from 2002. We account for MIBRAG mbH on the equity method. In 2002, the MIBRAG mbH mining venture in Germany, which accounts for a significant portion of the equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, recognized a one-time award of power cogeneration credits, of which our share was $6.0 million.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses for 2003 increased $5.2 million compared to 2002. On November 14, 2003, our chairman, Dennis R. Washington, agreed to continue to serve in that role through January 2007. In return, our board of directors approved the extension of the term of his previously granted outstanding options to 2012. The exercise price of certain of his options was below our stock’s closing price at November 14, 2003, giving rise to $6.2 million of stock compensation expense with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital.

 

Other operating income (expense), net

 

Other operating income (expense), net of $6.2 million for 2003 included a gain of $4.9 million from the April 2003 sale of the Technology Center and wind-up of related contract issues, a gain of $3.2 million from the sale of coal leases, a gain of $1.5 million from the resolution of certain contingent issues related to the October 2002 sale

 

II-18



 

of EMD offset by a charge of $3.4 million related to a legal settlement. In 2002, we recognized a gain of $3.4 million related to the sale of EMD.

 

Interest expense

 

Interest expense in 2003 declined $3.4 million from 2002, primarily due to more favorable terms under our New Credit Facility that we entered into on October 9, 2003. Interest expense for 2003 consisted of $9.7 million of amortization of deferred financing fees paid in connection with the New Credit Facility and our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and $14.9 million of cash and accrued interest expense consisting primarily of letter of credit fees, commitment fees, fronting fees and administrative fees paid to the agent bank. Deferred financing fees paid in connection with the New Credit Facility are being amortized over the 48-month term of the facility. Letter of credit fees and commitment fees are recorded as interest expense.

 

Write-off of deferred financing fees

 

On October 9, 2003, we entered into an agreement replacing our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with a New Credit Facility. In connection with the termination of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, we wrote off the remaining unamortized balance of the related deferred financing fees totaling $9.8 million.

 

Income tax expense

 

The components of the effective tax rate for the various periods are shown in the table below:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2, 2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3, 2003

 

One month
ended
February 1, 2002

 

Federal tax rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State tax

 

3.2

 

3.5

 

2.8

 

Nondeductible items

 

2.8

 

3.0

 

.4

 

Foreign tax

 

1.3

 

2.7

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

42.3

 

44.2

 

38.2

 

Adjust for effect of bankruptcy and reorganization items

 

(1.8

)

(1.5

)

7.5

 

Pro forma effective tax rate (a)

 

40.5

%

42.7

%

45.7

%

 


(a)          The pro forma effective tax rate represents the tax rate after removing the effects of bankruptcy and reorganization items.

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended January 2, 2004 decreased compared to the effective tax rate for the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to the impact of higher pre-tax earnings and lower non-deductible items and foreign taxes. A higher level of pre-tax earnings reduces the impact non-deductible items and foreign taxes have on the effective tax rate. The decrease in the effective tax rate for state taxes resulted from an increase in the amount of foreign earnings not subject to state tax.

 

Minority interests

 

Minority interests in income of consolidated subsidiaries for 2003 increased by $0.2 million from 2002. The majority of our minority interests relates to BNFL’s 40% ownership of the Westinghouse Businesses that are included in the Energy & Environment business unit. Increases in income of our majority-owned subsidiaries cause an increase in the minority interest share of income from those operations.

 

II-19



 

Reorganization items

 

During 2003, we recognized a charge of $4.9 million as a result of estimated additional professional fees and expenses to be incurred by the unsecured creditors’ committee to settle outstanding claims in connection with our reorganization. During 2002, $75.2 million of reorganization charges were recognized. This included $35.1 million in adjustments to reflect all assets and liabilities at their respective fair values in fresh-start reporting. The remainder of the reorganization items was primarily for professional fees incurred in connection with the bankruptcy proceedings, including the defense of the appeals to our Plan of Reorganization. Cash paid for reorganization items totaled $9.9 million and $39.6 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Extraordinary item

 

During January 2002, an extraordinary gain of $567.2 million was recorded as a result of the discharge of liabilities of $1,460.7 million as part of our Plan of Reorganization, less the fair value of New Common Stock and warrants issued of $550.0 million and income taxes of $343.5 million.

 

2002 COMPARED TO 2001

 

As of February 1, 2002, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection, we adopted fresh-start reporting and created a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, our results of operations subsequent to February 1, 2002 are not comparable to the periods prior to February 1, 2002. As a result of the non-comparability between 2002 and 2001, the following comparisons of revenue and operating income include separate discussions of significant transactions and events for each period.

 

2002 revenue and operating income

 

Revenue for 2002 was $3,661.5 million. The Power, Defense and Energy & Environment business units generated strong, consistent revenue during 2002 primarily from continuing work on new power generation projects acquired as part of the RE&C acquisition, increases in funded scope requirements of chemical demilitarization and defense construction contracts and favorable performance on Department of Energy management service contracts. Revenue during 2002 was impacted negatively by the Infrastructure business unit’s inability to obtain historical levels of new work during the pendency of our bankruptcy and by the Industrial/Process business unit due to a softening of the domestic and international economies and downturn in the telecommunications market.

 

Operating income for 2002 was $141.1 million, driven by strong performance in the Power, Defense and Energy & Environment business units resulting from the sources of favorable revenue variances described above. During 2002, the Defense business unit successfully completed a chemical demilitarization project within the cost estimate and on schedule. As a result, we recognized additional profit of $8.9 million, including an equitable adjustment claim of $1.5 million. Operating income of the Energy & Environment business unit benefited from favorable performance from Department of Energy management service contracts and the operations of EMD through October 2002. Operating income of the Infrastructure business unit for 2002 was favorably impacted by profit of $26.6 million recognized on a light rail project. However, that project was essentially offset by contract losses of $23.4 million recorded for a Philippine dam and hydropower project.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2002, MIBRAG mbH successfully negotiated amendments to the original agreement that had been entered into with the German government in 1993. As a result of those negotiations, MIBRAG mbH recognized $13.0 million in operating income, of which our portion was $6.5 million. In addition, during the fourth quarter, MIBRAG mbH recognized a $12.0 million one-time award of power cogeneration credits, of which our portion was $6.0 million. MIBRAG mbH’s operating income was favorably impacted by coal production increases during the year.

 

II-20



 

During the fourth quarter, we sold EMD, a business that designs and manufactures components for nuclear power use, which had been a part of the Energy & Environment business unit. We recognized a $3.4 million gain on the sale, which is reported as other operating income.

 

Included in operating income was the recognition of normal profit of $30.9 million for 2003, primarily related to Infrastructure projects. The recognition of normal profit had no effect on our cash flows.

 

For a more detailed discussion of our revenue and operating income, see “Business Unit Results” below in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

 

2001 revenue and operating income

 

On May 14, 2001, we filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. During the remainder of 2001, we operated under the direction of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada. Operations during those periods were impacted by the “Rejection,” as that term is used in bankruptcy law, of certain contracts in process. Assets related to those contracts in process, including accounts receivable and unbilled receivables, were written-off through charges against income upon the date of rejection. The charges to income were classified as “reorganization items” in the statement of operations. Related liabilities, including liabilities subject to compromise, were not discharged (written-off) until the U.S. Bankruptcy Court approved our Plan of Reorganization and we emerged from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002. Any liabilities that arose as a result of the rejection of contracts were accrued by charges against income (reorganization items) upon the date of rejection.

 

Revenue for 2001 was $4,041.6 million. The RE&C operations acquired in 2000 contributed primarily to the Power, Infrastructure, Defense and, to a lesser extent, Industrial/Process business units’ revenues.

 

Operating income for 2001 was $18.3 million. Of that amount, the Energy & Environment and Defense business units contributed $54.8 million and $28.1 million, respectively. The Power and Industrial/Process business units incurred operating losses during 2001 of $8.3 million and $6.3 million, respectively. Additionally, operating income in 2001 was decreased by $18.8 million of integration and merger costs, $7.0 million of restructuring costs and $14.6 million of goodwill amortization. During 2001, normal profit of $87.2 million was recognized. The recognition of normal profit had no impact on our cash flows. During the second half of 2001, we implemented overhead reduction strategies to support lower future revenue than had originally been anticipated when RE&C was acquired.

 

During 2001, the Mining business unit recognized $17.9 million in equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, primarily from MIBRAG mbH.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses for 2002 were $52.3 million, a decline of $4.6 million from 2001. The reduction was a result of the initiatives taken to reduce costs under our restructuring plan.

 

Goodwill amortization

 

Effective for our 2002 fiscal year, we ceased amortization of goodwill upon the adoption of SFAS No. 142. Goodwill amortization during 2001 was primarily due to the amortization of goodwill arising from the acquisition of the Westinghouse Businesses.

 

II-21



 

Integration and merger costs

 

Integration and merger costs were $18.8 million for 2001. These costs related to the integration of RE&C into our businesses and were principally comprised of incremental legal, accounting and consulting services. There were no such costs in 2002.

 

Investment income

 

Investment income declined $7.9 million for the 2002 fiscal year from 2001 as a result of lower interest rates combined with lower available cash balances for investment.

 

Interest expense

 

Interest expense for 2002 consisted of $12.1 million of amortization of bank fees paid primarily at the closing of the secured revolving credit facility entered into in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002 (the “Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility”) and $15.9 million of cash interest expense consisting primarily of letter of credit fees, commitment fees on available undrawn amounts under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and interest on funded debt. Interest expense for 2002 was high relative to borrowings incurred under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility due to the significant financing costs incurred in obtaining the facility. Such costs were being amortized over the 30-month term of the facility. During the bankruptcy proceedings, the accrual of interest under the previous credit facility was stayed. Therefore, contractual interest of $7.1 million was not recorded in January 2002 (pre-emergence).

 

Interest expense incurred from May 14, 2001 through November 30, 2001 consisted primarily of amortization of prepaid bank fees from costs related to the RE&C Financing Facilities, and Senior Unsecured Notes and costs related to the Debtor-in-Possession (“DIP”) Facility. For a description of these facilities and notes, see Note 8, “Credit Facilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report. Interest expense incurred during 2001, but prior to May 14, 2001, included interest incurred on Senior Unsecured Notes and outstanding borrowings under the RE&C Financing Facilities to fund substantial working capital requirements of the acquired RE&C contracts. We ceased accruing interest on the RE&C Financial Facilities and Senior Unsecured Notes upon our filing for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on May 14, 2001 since the lenders’ claims were then subject to compromise. Contractual interest not recorded during 2001 was $48.2 million. See Note 8, “Credit Facilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

Other income (expense), net

 

Other income (expense), net for 2002 consisted primarily of a $2.8 million distribution received from the conversion to a stock company from a mutual insurance company of an insurance carrier that provides our employee long-term disability coverage. In connection with the conversion, the distribution was received following the insurance company’s initial public offering during the first quarter of 2002.

 

Other income (expense), net for 2001 included $(3.5) million in costs associated with our World Trade Center office destroyed in the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks.

 

II-22



 

Income tax expense

 

The components of the effective tax rate for the various periods are shown in the table below:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Federal tax rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State tax

 

3.5

 

2.8

 

3.9

 

5.5

 

Nondeductible items

 

3.0

 

.4

 

(3.1

)

(14.4

)

Foreign tax

 

2.7

 

 

 

(1.3

)

Goodwill

 

 

 

.7

 

3.0

 

Effective tax rate

 

44.2

 

38.2

 

36.5

 

27.8

 

Adjust for effect of bankruptcy and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reorganization items

 

(1.5

)

7.5

 

3.1

 

17.4

 

Pro forma effective tax rate (a)

 

42.7

%

45.7

%

39.6

%

45.2

%

 


(a)          The pro forma effective tax rate represents the tax rate after removing the effects of bankruptcy and reorganization items.

 

We recognized a pre-tax loss in the year ended November 30, 2001 and the one month ended December 28, 2001. When the effective tax rate is applied to a loss before taxes, a tax benefit results. In these periods, nondeductible expenses decreased the effective tax rate. When the effective tax rate is applied to income before taxes, a tax expense results. In these periods, nondeductible expenses increase the effective tax rate.

 

Minority interests

 

The majority of our minority interests relates to BNFL’s 40% ownership of the Westinghouse Businesses that are included in the Energy & Environment business unit. Minority interests in the income of consolidated subsidiaries for 2002 increased to $21.7 million from $15.5 million for 2001 due to an increase in income from the Westinghouse Businesses in 2002.

 

Reorganization items

 

During the month ended February 1, 2002, we recognized, as part of fresh-start reporting, charges that aggregated $35.1 million for adjustments to reflect all assets and liabilities at their respective fair values. Other reorganization charges totaled $37.0 million and represent mainly professional fees incurred in connection with the bankruptcy proceedings. During the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (post-emergence), we recognized a charge of $3.1 million related to additional professional fees in connection with various bankruptcy-related issues, including the defense of the appeals of our Plan of Reorganization. The tax benefit associated with these reorganization items was $23.8 million, resulting in a net-of-tax charge of $51.4 million.

 

Reorganization items of $47.7 million, net of tax benefit of $8.8 million, for the year ended November 30, 2001 included $54.7 million of professional fees and other expenses related to the bankruptcy proceedings and $36.3 million of charges related to the impairment of assets of rejected projects, offset by a net gain of $34.5 million from the liquidation of two international subsidiaries.

 

II-23



 

Extraordinary item

 

During the first quarter of 2002, an extraordinary gain was recorded comprised of $1,460.7 million for the discharge of liabilities as part of our Plan of Reorganization, offset by the fair value of New Common Stock and warrants issued of $550.0 million and income taxes of $343.5 million.

 

BUSINESS UNIT RESULTS
(In millions)

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Year ended
January 3,
2003
(Pro forma)

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

511.8

 

$

1,005.6

 

$

839.4

 

Infrastructure

 

575.3

 

772.0

 

940.3

 

Mining

 

84.2

 

68.6

 

92.2

 

Industrial/Process

 

458.2

 

638.7

 

957.2

 

Defense

 

506.1

 

557.1

 

582.5

 

Energy & Environment

 

368.2

 

610.7

 

598.2

 

Intersegment, eliminations and other

 

(2.6

)

8.8

 

31.8

 

Total revenue

 

$

2,501.2

 

$

3,661.5

 

$

4,041.6

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

39.0

 

$

24.1

 

$

(8.3

)

Infrastructure

 

30.4

 

17.8

 

24.5

 

Mining

 

33.5

 

32.4

 

27.5

 

Industrial/Process

 

7.2

 

4.1

 

(6.3

)

Defense

 

49.9

 

44.1

 

28.1

 

Energy & Environment

 

67.1

 

83.4

 

54.8

 

Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs

 

(19.1

)

(12.5

)

(45.1

)

General and administrative expenses

 

(57.5

)

(52.3

)

(56.9

)

Total operating income

 

$

150.5

 

$

141.1

 

$

18.3

 

 

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP SEGMENT INFORMATION TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

GAAP requires us to report our results for the reorganized entity separately from those that existed prior to the reorganization. Following is post-emergence segment information for the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 and pre-emergence segment information for the month ended February 1, 2002, as well as pro forma combined segment information for the year ended January 3, 2003.

 

II-24



 

(In millions)

 

Eleven months ended
January 3, 2003

 

One month ended
February 1, 2002

 

Year ended
January 3, 2003
(Pro forma)

 

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

920.1

 

$

85.5

 

$

1,005.6

 

Infrastructure

 

692.1

 

79.9

 

772.0

 

Mining

 

63.3

 

5.3

 

68.6

 

Industrial/Process

 

574.4

 

64.3

 

638.7

 

Defense

 

495.0

 

62.1

 

557.1

 

Energy & Environment

 

560.3

 

50.4

 

610.7

 

Intersegment, eliminations and other

 

6.4

 

2.4

 

8.8

 

Total revenue

 

$

3,311.6

 

$

349.9

 

$

3,661.5

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

23.9

 

$

.2

 

$

24.1

 

Infrastructure

 

14.8

 

3.0

 

17.8

 

Mining

 

29.2

 

3.2

 

32.4

 

Industrial/Process

 

3.5

 

.6

 

4.1

 

Defense

 

42.2

 

1.9

 

44.1

 

Energy & Environment

 

77.8

 

5.6

 

83.4

 

Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs

 

(11.6

)

(.9

)

(12.5

)

General and administrative expense, corporate

 

(48.1

)

(4.2

)

(52.3

)

Total operating income

 

$

131.7

 

$

9.4

 

$

141.1

 

 

2003 COMPARED TO 2002

 

Power

 

Revenue for 2003 declined $493.8 million, or 49%, from 2002. The decline in revenue was primarily due to the winding down and completion of the four Reformed Contracts and the completion of two emissions projects and a simple cycle project, partially offset by revenue from the start of a new power generation project and a steam generator replacement project. Revenue from the four Reformed Contracts declined $419.1 million in 2003 compared to 2002.

 

Operating income for 2003 increased $14.9 million from 2002 primarily due to $15.2 million of earnings on the successful early completion of the second of two steam generator replacements as compared to a $7.2 million loss from cost overruns on the first replacement in 2002. Additionally, in 2003, we earned $6.2 million in connection with a settlement and renegotiation of a plant modification contract and $6.2 million from a new steam generator project. Operating income on the four Reformed Contracts and a simple cycle project declined $14.9 million in 2003 as compared to 2002 as a result of the wind-up and completion of the projects. Operating income included no normal profit in 2003 compared to $3.2 million recognized in 2002.

 

Infrastructure

 

Revenue for 2003 declined $196.7 million, or 25%, from 2002. The decline in revenue was primarily attributable to the substantial completion in 2002 of a toll road project in Colorado, a Philippine dam and hydropower project and a large rail project in California. Revenue for 2003 included $59.2 million of activity in the fourth quarter of 2003 from the USACOE task orders under a new indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity contract with the USACOE in Iraq, Afghanistan and Kuwait.

 

Operating income for 2003 increased $12.6 million from 2002. Results for 2003 were positively impacted by increased profit projections on two large toll road projects in Colorado, the resolution of a claim of $6.8 million

 

II-25



 

(net of $7.0 million of additional contract related expenses) on a Philippine dam and hydropower project, other claim and insurance settlements of $7.9 million (net of $2.0 million of additional contract expenses) and income from the USACOE task orders. These positive results were partially offset by the recognition of unfavorable contract adjustments of $6.3 million on a rail project in California, a highway project in Nevada and a pump station in Nevada. Operating income of $17.8 million for 2002 included $26.6 million on a light rail project and $5.0 million primarily attributable to the recovery of a claim on a completed construction project. Results for 2002 were negatively impacted by unfavorable contract adjustments of $23.4 million on the Philippine dam and hydropower project and contract adjustments on two highway projects of $5.1 million. Operating income for 2003 included $2.3 million from the recognition of normal profit compared to $25.5 million for the comparable period of 2002.

 

Mining

 

Revenue for 2003 increased $15.6 million, or 23%, from 2002. The increase in revenue was due to work on new projects, including a phosphate mining project in Canada, increased activity at a reclamation project in the State of Washington, a production support contract in Wyoming and a gold mine in Nevada.

 

Operating income for 2003 increased $1.1 million from 2002. Operating income included $25.7 million and $30.5 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, from equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, which is comprised primarily of our portion of the results of operations of the MIBRAG mbH mining venture in Germany. Our share of equity earnings from MIBRAG mbH declined $4.9 million in 2003 compared to 2002 as a result of $12.0 million of income recognized by MIBRAG mbH in the fourth quarter of 2002, of which our share was $6.0 million, from a one-time award of power cogeneration credits. Favorable results from other mining operations in 2003 accounted for the overall increase in operating income over the prior year. Operating income for 2003 included a $3.2 million gain from the sale of coal leases during the fourth quarter of 2003, improved performance at two mining operations over the prior year and income from new projects.

 

Industrial/Process

 

Revenue for 2003 declined $180.5 million, or 28%, from 2002. The decline was primarily due to the softness of the domestic and international economies and related reduction in capital spending by our Fortune 100 client base. Revenue was also down compared to 2002 as a result of the completion of a large, turnkey process facility as well as the completion of several large automotive contracts.

 

Operating income for 2003 increased $3.1 million compared to 2002 primarily due to a combination of better utilization of professional resources and a reduction in business unit overhead costs partially offset by a lower volume of work. In addition, operating income in 2002 included the recognition of an unfavorable contract adjustment totaling $2.5 million on an international methanol plant construction project. Operating income included no normal profit in 2003 compared to $1.6 million recognized in 2002.

 

Defense

 

Revenue for 2003 declined $51.0 million, or 9%, from 2002. Revenue in 2003 declined $117.0 million due to the completion of two major construction projects in 2002 and by $29.5 million due to the completion of the closure activities on a chemical demilitarization project. These effects were offset by higher revenues of $72.0 million on the other five chemical demilitarization projects as they transition from construction to the systemization and operations phases of the projects, and $24.4 million from cooperative threat reduction projects in the former Soviet Union, principally due to the award of two new projects.

 

Operating income in 2003 increased $5.8 million over the comparable period of 2002 and included $15.1 million from the increase in scope and fees on four threat reduction operations and maintenance contracts, an $8.0 million claim settlement on the closeout of a fixed-price construction project, $5.6 million from an additional claim settlement and $4.4 million favorable settlement of government indirect cost rates. Operating income in 2003 included a fourth quarter charge associated with unbillable indirect costs related to a recently completed

 

II-26



 

chemical demilitarization project of $5.4 million. The costs primarily related to the period December 2000 through December 2003. In 2002, the Defense business unit negotiated a $7.2 million settlement in connection with reforming a construction contract and recognized $7.0 million of additional profit related to favorable progress on a chemical demilitarization contract, both obtained in the acquisition of RE&C. In addition, the Defense business unit successfully completed a chemical demilitarization project within the cost estimate and on schedule. As a result, we recognized additional profit of $8.9 million.

 

Energy & Environment

 

Revenue for 2003 declined $242.5 million, or 40%, from 2002. The decline was the result of the sale in October 2002 of EMD, which had recognized revenue totaling $144.0 million in 2002, and the winding down of a large construction contract and an environmental remediation contract together totaling $125.7 million.

 

Operating income for 2003 declined $16.3 million from 2002. The decline was due to the sale of EMD which had operating income of $24.9 million in 2002, and a reduction of $7.0 million of operating income in 2003 from the winding down of a large cost-type contract beginning in the second quarter of 2003. The renegotiation of a large cost-type contract in 2003 resulted in a reduction of operating income of $9.4 million as compared to 2002. Partially offsetting the decline in operating income was an increase of $19.5 million in 2003 from the renegotiation of two large operations, maintenance and management contracts.

 

Intersegment and other

 

Intersegment operating loss of $(19.1) million in 2003 primarily included residual costs from our non-union subsidiary of $8.4 million and bonding fees of $5.3 million, a $5.4 million charge resulting from an under accrual of employee benefits related to periods prior to our emergence from bankruptcy protection, a charge of $3.4 million related to a legal settlement, all partially offset by a gain of $4.9 million from the sale of the Technology Center.

 

Intersegment operating loss of $(12.5) million for 2002 includes the operations of the Technology Center, a business held for sale. It also includes residual costs from our non-union subsidiary of $7.0 million and bonding fees of $4.6 million, including amortization of the bonding facility fee paid upon emergence from bankruptcy protection.

 

2002 COMPARED TO 2001

 

As of February 1, 2002, in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection, we adopted fresh-start reporting and created a new entity for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, our results of operations subsequent to February 1, 2002 are not comparable to the periods prior to February 1, 2002. As a result of the non-comparability between 2002 and 2001, the following comparisons of revenue and operating income include separate discussions of significant transactions and events for each period.

 

Power

 

Revenue for 2002 was derived primarily from continuing work on new power generation projects acquired as part of RE&C, steam generator replacement projects and operations and maintenance services contracts. Included in revenue was $544.5 million related to the four Reformed Contracts.

 

On March 9, 2001, we suspended work on two large construction projects located in Massachusetts that were a part of the acquisition of RE&C. Although we were subsequently retained to participate on these two projects, our role during 2001 was significantly diminished. Approximately $437.1 million of revenue in 2002 is related to the four Reformed Contracts acquired from the Sellers which were originally fixed-price contracts, but which were converted during 2001 to cost-reimbursable contracts. The Sellers remained responsible for the performance of the contracts and, as such, continued to fund the construction of the projects. We were retained by the Sellers on a cost-reimbursable basis and continued to provide construction management services on the projects.

 

II-27



 

Operating income for 2002 was $24.1 million. The four Reformed Contracts generated income of $15.6 million before allocations of related overhead costs, and engineering services added another $10.1 million. During the year, we recognized a loss of $7.2 million from cost overruns on a steam generator replacement project. Operating income for the year included the recognition of $3.2 million of normal profit. The recognition of normal profit had no impact on our cash flows.

 

Operating loss for 2001 was $(8.3) million and included recognition of normal profit of $26.4 million in 2001. However, upon conversion of the four Reformed Contracts to cost-reimbursable contracts, the recognition of normal profit was eliminated. Only fee income was recognized for the balance of the year. During 2001, the Power business unit recognized losses of $(11.4) million related to the completion of a significant international project which was acquired as part of the RE&C acquisition and recognized cost overruns of $(9.0) million on a domestic nuclear facility.

 

Infrastructure

 

The Infrastructure business unit generated revenue of $772.0 million during 2002. Revenue during 2002 was impacted by the Infrastructure business unit’s inability to obtain historical levels of new work during the pendency of our bankruptcy proceedings. Revenue was primarily generated from existing backlog. Significant sources of revenue included continued work on the dam and hydropower project in the Philippines, the light rail project in New Jersey, a variety of highway and other heavy construction work and engineering services projects.

 

Revenue for 2001 was $940.3 million due principally to contracts acquired in the acquisition of RE&C and, in particular, a large hydroelectric dam in the Philippines and a large light rail project in New Jersey.

 

Operating income was $17.8 million for 2002. During the year, we recognized operating income of $26.6 million on a light rail project; however, unfavorable contract adjustments of $23.4 million were recorded on the Philippine dam and hydropower project. In addition, we recognized $5.0 million in profit primarily attributable to the recovery of a claim on a completed construction project. The remaining operating income was generated by numerous construction and infrastructure services projects. Additional unfavorable contract adjustments were recognized during 2002 on two highway projects of $5.1 million. Operating income for the year included the recognition of $25.5 million of normal profit, primarily from certain contracts obtained in the RE&C acquisition.

 

Operating income for 2001 was $24.5 million. Operating income included recognition of normal profit of $42.2 million, primarily on the hydroelectric dam and light rail projects referred to above. Operating income was impacted by the recognition of losses on fixed-price contracts totaling $(25.0) million.

 

Mining

 

Revenue during 2002 of $68.6 million was generated predominantly by continuing work on mine projects and mine management contracts that existed during previous years. Revenue was negatively impacted by the completion of contracts in 2001 that were not replaced during 2002.

 

During 2002, we recognized operating income of $32.4 million. Operating income included $30.5 million during the year from equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, which is comprised primarily of our portion of the results of operations of MIBRAG mbH. MIBRAG mbH successfully negotiated amendments to the original agreement on transportation credit matters that had been entered into with the German government in 1993. As a result of those negotiations, MIBRAG mbH recognized $13.0 million in operating income, of which our portion was $6.5 million. In addition, during the fourth quarter, MIBRAG mbH recognized a $12.0 million one-time award of power cogeneration credits, of which our portion was $6.0 million. MIBRAG mbH’s operating income was also favorably impacted by coal production increases during the year and by the strengthening of the Euro as compared to the U.S. dollar.

 

II-28



 

During 2001, we completed the acquisition of an additional 17% of MIBRAG mbH for approximately $17.5 million, increasing our ownership to 50%. We financed the acquisition through dividends from MIBRAG mbH. Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates was $17.9 million in 2001, reflecting the increased ownership interest of MIBRAG mbH.

 

Industrial/Process

 

The Industrial/Process business unit’s revenue during 2002 was $638.7 million as compared to $957.2 million in 2001 and continued to be impacted by a combination of the softness of the domestic and international economies, the downturn in the telecommunications market and the winding down of some significant projects. Some sectors of the Industrial/Process business unit’s markets continued strong, including automotive, gas processing and biopharmaceuticals.

 

Operating income for 2002 was $4.1 million, reflecting the impact of economic factors described above. Reduced revenue was partially offset by significant reductions in overhead costs, including the closing of multiple offices, employee terminations and elimination of redundant costs. Significant factors affecting the Industrial/Process business unit’s operating income during the year included the $4.0 million favorable resolution of a long-standing contract claim, $(4.1) million in unfavorable contract adjustments on a contract and $(7.6) million in costs from under-utilization of the business unit’s professional engineering staff. Operating income for 2002 included the recognition of $1.6 million of normal profit from certain contracts obtained in the RE&C acquisition.

 

Operating loss for 2001 was $(6.3) million due to excess personnel costs as new work declined during the year, provisions related to uncollectible receivables on certain contracts, restructuring charges incurred to adjust the size of the business unit to reflect lower levels of activity expected in the future and higher overhead costs reflecting a full year of activity from the acquisition of RE&C.

 

Defense

 

The Defense business unit’s revenue for 2002 was $557.1 million and was favorably impacted by increases in funded scope requirements on four chemical demilitarization projects. These four chemical demilitarization contracts accounted for $462.2 million of the total revenue for 2002. Defense threat reduction contracts in the former Soviet Union contributed $23.2 million. The remainder was generated by defense infrastructure services.

 

Revenue for 2001 was $582.5 million, of which defense threat reduction contracts contributed $477.4 million. In addition, a major construction contract contributed $78.9 million during 2001.

 

Chemical demilitarization contracts produced $44.6 million in operating income during 2002, benefiting from the scope expansions previously described. During the year, the Defense business unit negotiated settlements on a reformed construction contract and a chemical demilitarization contract, both obtained in the acquisition of RE&C, for a total of $14.2 million. In addition, the Defense business unit successfully completed a chemical demilitarization project within the cost estimate and on schedule. As a result, we recognized additional profit of $8.9 million.

 

Operating income for 2001 of $28.1 million was primarily related to ongoing threat reduction contracts. Operating income included $10.5 million in 2001 as a result of the recognition of normal profit related to certain fixed-price contracts from the acquisition of RE&C. In addition, during 2001 the Defense business unit negotiated a $28.5 million claim settlement on the closeout of a fixed price construction project which was partially offset by $21.6 million of unfavorable contract adjustments on another fixed price construction project.

 

Energy & Environment

 

The Energy & Environment business unit recognized $610.7 million in revenue during 2002. EMD, which was sold on October 28, 2002, recognized $144.0 million in revenue for the year through the date of sale.

 

II-29



 

Remaining revenues were recognized primarily from environmental construction contracts totaling $295.6 million during the year and from Department of Energy management service contracts totaling $80.9 million during the year.

 

Revenue for 2001 was $598.2 million. Department of Energy management service contracts were the primary sources of revenue and contributed approximately 80% of the operating income for 2001, with the balance from energy and environment projects, EMD and commercial businesses. Revenue reflected the completion of the construction phase of the Waste Isolation Pilot Project in New Mexico in 2001 and the start-up of the operations phase of the project, which generated less revenue than did the construction phase.

 

Operating income for 2002 included $43.4 million from our performance on Department of Energy management projects. Our Department of Energy management service contracts are “agency” contracts; therefore, revenue increases benefit operating income nearly dollar for dollar. EMD generated $24.9 million, and energy and environment projects generated $14.2 million during the year.

 

Operating income for 2001 was $54.8 million, reflecting increased earnings and higher award and incentive fees on certain projects and increased volume and profitability on commercial contracts. Operating income included goodwill amortization of $13.7 million. We discontinued the amortization of goodwill in 2002 due to our adoption of SFAS No. 142 effective December 29, 2001.

 

Intersegment and other

 

Intersegment and other income for 2002 includes the operations of the process technology development portion of the Technology Center, a business held for sale. It also includes residual costs of a non-union construction services center, bonding fees, including amortization of the bonding facility fee paid upon emergence from bankruptcy and unallocated insurance costs.

 

Intersegment and other for 2001 consisted primarily of integration and merger costs of $18.8 million, corporate restructuring charges of $4.1 million, $3.7 million of residual costs of a non-union construction services center and $14.6 million in operating losses from the Technology Center and international petroleum and chemical operations that were included in the liquidation of Washington International B.V. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

 

Cash flows
(In millions)

 

Liquidity and capital resources

 

Year ended
January 2, 2004

 

Year ended
January 3, 2003

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

$

171.2

 

$

138.2

 

End of period

 

238.8

 

171.2

 

 

Year ended

 

Year ended
January 2, 2004

 

Year ended
January 3, 2003

 

Net cash provided (used) by

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

79.6

 

$

79.5

 

Investing activities

 

40.3

 

71.9

 

Financing activities

 

(52.3

)

(118.4

)

 

II-30



 

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP CASH FLOW INFORMATION TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

Eleven months ended
January 3, 2003

 

One month ended
February 1, 2002

 

Year ended
January 3, 2003

 

Net cash provided (used) by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

72.9

 

$

6.6

 

$

79.5

 

Investing activities

 

73.5

 

(1.6

)

71.9

 

Financing activities

 

(103.4

)

(15.0

)

(118.4

)

 

Currently, we have three principal sources of near-term liquidity: (1) cash generated by operations; (2) existing cash and cash equivalents; and (3) available capacity under our New Credit Facility. We had cash and cash equivalents of $238.8 million at January 2, 2004, of which $70.7 million was restricted for use on the normal operations of our consolidated joint venture projects or was restricted under our self-insurance programs. In January 2004, approximately $23 million of the $70.7 million restricted at January 2, 2004 was released for our general use. At January 2, 2004, we had no borrowings and $141.4 million in letters of credit outstanding under the New Credit Facility, leaving borrowing capacity of $208.6 million under the facility. For more information on our financing activities, see “New Credit Facility” below and Note 8, “Credit Facilities” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

In 2003, cash and cash equivalents increased $67.6 million from $171.2 million at January 3, 2003 to $238.8 million at January 2, 2004. This compares to an increase of cash of $33.0 million in 2002. The discussion below highlights significant aspects of our cash flows.

 

                  Operating activities:  In 2003, operating activities provided $79.6 million of cash compared to $79.5 million provided in 2002. Cash in both years increased from favorable results of operations that included several significant non-cash items, including depreciation, non-cash income taxes and the amortization and write-off of deferred financing fees. Operating activities for 2003 used $43.1 million of cash for working capital, $14.3 million for interest payments associated with our credit facilities, $5.7 million for state and foreign income tax payments and $9.9 million paid for reorganization items. In 2002, operating activities used $44.4 million of cash for working capital, $16.3 million for interest payments associated with our credit facilities, $3.6 million for state and foreign income tax payments and $39.6 million of cash paid for reorganization items.

 

Cash used for working capital in 2003 was primarily the result of our use of advance payments from customers of $34.4 million to complete several power and industrial/process projects. Cash paid for professional fees associated with our reorganization in 2003 declined $29.8 million from 2002 primarily due to the significant legal and professional fees incurred in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection. Professional fees paid in 2003 are primarily associated with expenses of the unsecured creditors’ committee for settlement of outstanding claims in connection with our reorganization.

 

                  Investing activities: During 2003, investing activities provided $40.3 million of cash, consisting of $34.8 million in proceeds from the sales of property and equipment, $17.7 million of proceeds from the sale of the Technology Center, partially offset by $12.2 million used for the acquisition of plant and equipment required primarily for new work orders in the Infrastructure and Mining business units and to update our information technology systems. Property and equipment sales in 2003 included $17.2 million in proceeds from the sale of excess equipment resulting from the completion of a dam and hydropower project in the Philippines. During 2002, investing activities provided $71.9 million of cash, including $77.1 million from the sale of EMD. Property and equipment sales of $19.3 million in 2002 included $10.0 million from the sale of excess equipment in the Philippines.

 

II-31



 

                  Financing activities: During 2003, cash used by financing activities of $52.3 million included $42.1 million in distributions to minority interests (including approximately $27 million to BNFL) and $11.4 million of financing fees paid in connection with the New Credit Facility. Additionally, we received $1.2 million in cash from the exercise of stock options during the year. In 2002, cash used by financing activities of $118.4 million included distributions to minority interests of $63.6 million (including $30.9 million related to the sale of EMD), $34.7 million financing and bonding fees paid in connection with the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and a new bonding agreement and $20.0 million of payments to senior creditors of the RE&C financing facilities.

 

Income taxes

 

We anticipate that cash payments for income taxes for 2004 and later years will be substantially less than income tax expense recognized in the financial statements. This difference results from expected tax deductions for goodwill amortization and from use of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryovers. As of January 2, 2004, we have remaining tax goodwill of approximately $60 million resulting from the acquisition of the Westinghouse Businesses and $634 million resulting from the acquisition of RE&C. The amortization of this tax goodwill is deductible over remaining periods of 10.2 and 11.5 years, respectively, resulting in annual tax deductions of approximately $61 million, net of minority interest. The federal NOL carryovers as of January 2, 2004 were approximately $248 million, most of which are subject to an annual limitation of approximately $27 million. Unused limitation from previous years plus NOL carryovers not subject to limitation would allow us to use as much as $77 million of the NOL carryovers in 2004. Until the tax goodwill deductions and the NOL carryovers are exhausted, we will not pay cash taxes (other than a minimal impact for alternative minimum tax) on at least the first $88 million of federal taxable income before tax goodwill amortization and application of NOL carryovers each year.

 

Cash flows for 2004

 

As in 2003, we expect to generate positive cash flows from operations in 2004. Specific issues which are relevant to understanding 2004 cash flows include:

 

                  Income taxes: We anticipate the payment of state and foreign income taxes. Because of anticipated utilization of tax goodwill amortization of $61 million, and the availability of $77 million of NOL carryovers, we will not pay federal taxes, other than a minimal impact for alternative minimum tax, on the first $138 million of taxable income. Our partners in joint ventures are responsible for their share of the income tax consequences of the joint ventures.

 

                  Property and equipment: To maintain our construction and mining equipment fleet, normal capital expenditures for the other business units and to upgrade our information systems hardware and software, we expect to spend approximately $15 million annually. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we sell a portion of our construction and mining equipment fleet each year, depending on estimated future requirements. Depreciation expense for 2003 was $31.4 million, including $10.1 million relating to the equipment used on the Philippine dam and hydropower project. We anticipate additional proceeds from the sale of the remaining equipment will be approximately $10 million.

 

                  Pension and post-retirement benefit plans: We expect to fund $12.6 million to our defined benefit pension and post-retirement benefit plans during 2004 as compared to $10.6 million funded in 2003. We estimate financial statement expense under these plans to be approximately $10.0 million in 2004 as compared to $10.7 million in 2003.

 

                  Reorganization items: We expect to pay professional fees of approximately $4 million associated with expenses of the unsecured creditors’ committee for settlement of outstanding claims in connection with our reorganization.

 

II-32



 

                  Financing activities: During the year ended January 2, 2004, we sold the Technology Center for $17.7 million in cash proceeds and refinanced our existing credit facility, incurring a cash payment of $11.4 million. We do not anticipate similar transactions in 2004.

 

On January 2, 2004, we had outstanding approximately 8.5 million warrants to purchase New Common Stock. These warrants will expire in January 2006. Additionally, we have issued common stock options that are currently exercisable. At January 2, 2004, the market price of our New Common Stock exceeded the exercise price of the warrants and options. If the warrants or options are exercised, we would receive proceeds to the extent of the exercise price of the warrant or options. For a complete discussion of these, see Note 16, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.

 

                  MIBRAG mbH: During the first quarter of 2003, MIBRAG mbH, our German mining venture that operates lignite coal mines and power plants in Germany, reached an agreement with one of its customers to contribute to a retrofit of the customer’s power plant because the quality of the coal MIBRAG mbH is delivering had fallen below specifications in the coal supply contract. MIBRAG mbH has agreed to contribute 45 million Euros toward the retrofit, of which 21 million Euros were paid in 2003 and 14 million Euros will be paid in 2004 and 10 million Euros in 2005. The coal supply contract was assumed by MIBRAG mbH in the privatization in 1994. MIBRAG mbH believes the German government guaranteed that the coal quality was sufficient to fulfill the terms of the contract assumed. Discussions are ongoing with government representatives regarding potential contributions from the government to reduce the contribution of MIBRAG mbH to the retrofit. MIBRAG mbH will amortize the cost over the remaining 17 years of the coal supply contract. In addition, higher coal sales have required a review of the timing of capital expenditures, and some acceleration of expenditures may be required to meet commitments. The combination of these two issues may reduce cash distributions from MIBRAG mbH over the next two to three years. Distributions received in 2003 amounted to $6.6 million.

 

Financial condition and liquidity

 

We expect to use cash to, among other things, satisfy contractual obligations, fund working capital requirements and make capital expenditures. For additional information on contractual obligations and capital expenditures, see “Contractual Obligations” below and “Property and Equipment” above.

 

We believe that our cash flows from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents and available capacity under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our reasonably foreseeable liquidity needs.

 

In line with industry practice, we are often required to provide performance and surety bonds to customers under fixed-price contracts. These bonds indemnify the customer should we fail to perform our obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. We have an existing bonding facility but, as is customary, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, due to events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally, bonding may be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at significant additional cost. While there can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available on reasonable terms, we believe that we have access to the bonding necessary to achieve our operating goals.

 

We continually evaluate alternative capital structures and the terms of our credit facilities. We may also, from time to time, pursue opportunities to complement existing operations through business combinations and participation in ventures, which may require additional financing and utilization of our capital resources.

 

II-33



 

Contractual obligations

 

As of January 2, 2004, we had the following contractual obligations:

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

Contractual obligations
(In millions)

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 2
years

 

3 - 5
years

 

More than
5 years

 

Total

 

Long-term debt obligations

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

35.4

 

57.3

 

25.3

 

11.2

 

129.2

 

Purchase obligations (a)

 

7.7

 

16.4

 

16.2

 

16.6

 

56.9

 

Other long-term liabilities reflected on the Registrant’s balance sheet under GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facility (b)

 

12.5

 

25.2

 

9.5

 

 

47.2

 

Total

 

$

55.6

 

$

98.9

 

$

51.0

 

$

27.8

 

$

233.3

 

 


(a)          Purchase commitments represent future cash payments for information technology services. Commitments pursuant to subcontracts and other purchase orders related to engineering and construction contracts are not included since such amounts are expected to be funded under contract billings.

(b)         Represents payments for letter of credit, commitment and administrative fees for our New Credit Facility.

 

In addition, $274,697 of long-term debt, non-recourse to the parent companies, existed on our unconsolidated affiliates at January 2, 2004.

 

In the normal course of business, we cause letters of credit and surety bonds to be issued generally in connection with contract performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated to reimburse the issuer of our letters of credit or surety bonds for any payments made thereunder. The table below presents the expiration of our estimated outstanding commitments on letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding as of January 2, 2004 for each of the next five years and thereafter. Although letters of credit under the New Credit Facility expire upon termination of the New Credit Facility, the presentation is prepared based on the expiration period of our contractual obligations with the customer or beneficiary. At January 2, 2004, $141.4 million of the outstanding letters of credit was issued under the New Credit Facility. We have pledged cash and cash equivalents as collateral for our reimbursement obligation with respect to $34.0 million in face amount of specified letters of credit that were outstanding at January 2, 2004 outside of our New Credit Facility. Our commitments under performance bonds generally end concurrent with the expiration of our contractual obligation. The face amount of the surety bonds expiring by period is presented below. Our actual exposure is limited to estimated cost to complete our bonded contracts which was approximately $395 million at January 2, 2004.

 

Other commercial commitments (in millions)

 

Letters of credit

 

Surety bonds

 

Total

 

Commitments expiring by period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

$

20.6

 

$

414.8

 

$

435.4

 

2005

 

1.0

 

373.6

 

374.6

 

2006

 

5.6

 

 

5.6

 

2007

 

.3

 

556.3

 

556.6

 

2008

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

147.9

 

 

147.9

 

Total other commercial commitments

 

$

175.4

 

$

1,344.7

 

$

1,520.1

 

 

II-34



 

Guarantees

 

We have guaranteed the indemnity obligations of the Westinghouse Businesses relating to the sale of EMD to Curtiss-Wright Corporation for the potential occurrence of specified events, including breaches of representations and warranties and/or failure to perform certain covenants or agreements. Generally, the indemnification provisions expire within three years and are capped at $20 million. In addition, the indemnity provisions relating to environmental conditions obligate the Westinghouse Businesses to pay Curtiss-Wright Corporation up to a maximum $3.5 million for environmental losses they incur over $5 million. The Westinghouse Businesses are also responsible for environmental losses that exceed $1.3 million related to a specified parcel of the sold property. If the Westinghouse Businesses are unable to perform their indemnity obligations, BNFL has agreed to indemnify us for 40% of losses we incur as a result of our guarantee. We believe that the indemnification provisions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

New Credit Facility

 

The New Credit Facility provides for a senior secured facility in an amount up to $350 million in the aggregate of loans and other financial accommodations allocated pro rata between two facilities as follows: a Tranche A facility in the amount of $115.0 million and a Tranche B facility in the amount of $235.0 million.

 

The New Credit Facility was entered into to replace the old Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and for ongoing working capital, general corporate purposes and letter of credit issuance. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility are required to be allocated between the two tranches on a proportional basis, based upon the size of each tranche. The borrowing rate under the New Credit Facility is the applicable LIBOR, which has a stated floor of 2%, plus an additional margin of 3.75%. As of January 2, 2004, the effective rate was 5.75%. The New Credit Facility carries other fees, including commitment fees and letter of credit fees, normal and customary for such credit agreements. For the year ended January 2, 2004, commitment and letter of credit fees expense was $12.4 million. The New Credit Facility contains financial covenants, including minimum net worth, capital expenditures, maintenance of certain financial and operating ratios, and specified events of default which are typical for a credit agreement governing credit facilities of the size, type and tenor of the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also contains affirmative and negative covenants limiting our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to incur debt or liens, provide guarantees, make investment and pay dividends. See “Risk Factors - The documents governing our indebtedness restrict our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to engage in some business transactions” in Item 1 of this report.

 

At January 2, 2004, there were no amounts borrowed under our New Credit Facility. As of January 2, 2004, we had issued financial letters of credit under the New Credit Facility in the amount of $141.4 million, leaving borrowing capacity of $208.6 million under the New Credit Facility.

 

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

Adoption of accounting standards

 

In April 2003, “FASB” issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Because we did not have any derivative instruments subject to the provisions of SFAS No. 133, the adoption of SFAS No. 149 did not impact our financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) that may previously have been classified as equity. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 was effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise was effective at the beginning of our third

 

II-35



 

quarter of 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 (Revised) (“Revised SFAS No. 132”), Employer’s Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. Revised SFAS No. 132 retains the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 132 and requires additional disclosures relating to pension and post-retirement assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost. Revised SFAS No. 132 is effective for our year ended January 2, 2004, except that certain disclosures are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. Interim period disclosures are effective for us in the first quarter of 2004. The adoption of Revised SFAS No. 132 did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The disclosures in Note 10, “Benefit Plans,” have been revised to include the additional disclosures required by Revised SFAS No. 132.

 

Recently issued accounting standards

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”), which is an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements. FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company that is considered to be the primary beneficiary of that variable interest entity. In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46 (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46-R”) to address certain FIN 46 implementation issues. The effective dates and impact of FIN 46 and FIN 46-R to our consolidated financial statements include:

 

                  Special purpose entities. We completed our assessment and determined we have no investment in special purpose entities as defined by FIN 46-R.

                  Non-special purpose entities. We are required to adopt FIN 46-R at the end of the first quarter of 2004. As is common to our industry, we have executed contracts jointly with third parties through partnerships and joint ventures. We account for a majority of these investments in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 00-01, Investor Balance Sheet and Income Statement Display under the Equity Method for Investments in Certain Partnerships and Other Ventures. We believe the adoption of FIN 46-R will not be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for non-special purpose entities. To the extent we enter into any significant joint venture and partnership agreements in the future that would require consolidation under FIN 46-R, it could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements in future filings.

 

II-36



 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

(In millions)

 

Interest rate risk

 

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our short-term investment portfolios and debt obligations. Our short-term investment portfolio consists primarily of highly liquid instruments with maturities of one month or less. Substantially all cash and cash equivalents at January 2, 2004 of $239 million were held in short-term investments classified as cash equivalents.

 

From time to time, we effect borrowings under bank credit facilities or otherwise for general corporate purposes, including working capital requirements and capital expenditures. Borrowings under our New Credit Facility, of which there currently are none, bear interest at the applicable LIBOR or prime rate, plus an additional margin and, therefore, are subject to fluctuations in interest rates.

 

Foreign currency risk

 

We conduct our business in various regions of the world. Our operations are, therefore, subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation changes and changes in political and economic conditions in these countries. We are subject to foreign currency translation and exchange issues, primarily with regard to our mining venture, MIBRAG mbH, in Germany. At January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, the cumulative adjustments for translation gains (losses), net of related income tax benefits, were $25.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively. While we endeavor to enter into contracts with foreign customers with repayment terms in U.S. currency in order to mitigate foreign exchange risk, our revenues and expenses are sometimes denominated in local currencies, and our results of operations may be affected adversely as currency fluctuations affect our pricing and operating costs or those of our competitors. We engage from time to time in hedging operations, including forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce the exposure of our cash flows to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. We do not engage in hedging for speculative investment reasons. We can give no assurances that our hedging operations will eliminate or substantially reduce risks associated with fluctuating currencies.

 

II-37


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule as of

January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, and for the year ended

January 2, 2004, the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, the one month ended

February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and

the year ended November 30, 2001

 

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

Schedule II - Valuation, Qualifying and Reserve Accounts

 

Financial Statements of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH

 

 

II-38



 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Washington Group International, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Washington Group International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 (Successor Company balance sheets) and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the year ended January 2, 2004 and the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (Successor Company operations), and for the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001, and the year ended November 30, 2001 (Predecessor Company operations). Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, on December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Plan of Reorganization which became effective after the close of business on January 25, 2002. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7, Financial Reporting for Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, for the Successor Company as a new entity with assets, liabilities and a capital structure having carrying values not comparable with prior periods as described in Note 1.

 

In our opinion, the Successor Company consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Washington Group International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended January 2, 2004 and the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Further, in our opinion, the Predecessor Company consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Predecessor Company operations and cash flows for the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001, and the year ended November 30, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed their method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets for periods after December 28, 2001 to conform to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

 

Boise, Idaho

March 2, 2004

 

II-39



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended

January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended

February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended

December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

Revenue

 

$

2,501,151

 

$

3,311,614

 

$

349,912

 

$

308,289

 

$

4,041,615

 

Cost of revenue

 

(2,324,802

)

(3,162,578

)

(338,792

)

(308,087

)

(3,943,920

)

Gross profit

 

176,349

 

149,036

 

11,120

 

202

 

97,695

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

25,519

 

27,342

 

3,109

 

1,258

 

17,890

 

General and administrative expenses

 

(57,520

)

(48,138

)

(4,180

)

(5,443

)

(56,878

)

Goodwill amortization

 

 

 

 

(1,553

)

(14,635

)

Integration and merger costs (Note 3)

 

 

 

 

 

(18,858

)

Restructuring charges (Note 4)

 

 

 

(625

)

(26,262

)

(6,963

)

Other operating income

 

6,182

 

3,420

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

150,530

 

131,660

 

9,424

 

(31,798

)

18,251

 

Investment income

 

1,748

 

926

 

400

 

149

 

9,278

 

Interest expense (a)

 

(24,587

)

(26,784

)

(1,193

)

(603

)

(56,769

)

Write-off of deferred financing fees (Note 8)

 

(9,831

)

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

 

(2,101

)

1,874

 

(563

)

(473

)

(10,494

)

Income (loss) before reorganization items, income taxes, minority interests and extraordinary item

 

115,759

 

107,676

 

8,068

 

(32,725

)

(39,734

)

Reorganization items (Note 3)

 

(4,900

)

(3,174

)

(72,057

)

(8,148

)

(56,479

)

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

(46,888

)

(46,217

)

20,078

 

14,907

 

26,765

 

Minority interests in (income) loss of consolidated subsidiaries

 

(21,908

)

(20,584

)

(1,132

)

56

 

(15,528

)

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

 

42,063

 

37,701

 

(45,043

)

(25,910

)

(84,976

)

Extraordinary item - gain on debt discharge, net of tax of $343,539 (Note 3)

 

 

 

567,193

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

522,150

 

$

(25,910

)

$

(84,976

)

Income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

 1.68

 

$

 1.51

 

(b)

(b)

(b)

Diluted

 

1.66

 

1.51

 

(b)

(b)

(b)

Common shares used to compute income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

25,007

 

25,000

 

(b)

(b)

(b)

Diluted

 

25,322

 

25,005

 

(b)

(b)

(b)

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 


(a)          Contractual interest expense not recorded during bankruptcy proceedings for the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001 was $7,090, $6,320 and $48,235, respectively.

 

(b)         Net income per share is not presented for these periods, as it is not meaningful because of the revised capital structure of the Successor Company.

 

II-40



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended

January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended

February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended

December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

522,150

 

$

(25,910

)

$

(84,976

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

15,844

 

9,652

 

80

 

482

 

1,851

 

Unrealized gains on marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net holding gains arising during period

 

 

 

 

 

474

 

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

 

 

 

 

(861

)

Amounts reclassified to net income in fresh-start reporting (Note 3)

 

 

 

20,268

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

(1,161

)

Realized loss on settled or terminated contracts

 

 

 

 

 

2,750

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net

 

(1,154

)

(603

)

 

 

(4,630

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

14,690

 

9,049

 

20,348

 

482

 

(1,577

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

56,753

 

$

46,750

 

$

542,498

 

$

(25,428

)

$

(86,553

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

II-41



 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

238,835

 

$

171,192

 

Accounts receivable, including retentions of $13,663 and $23,546, respectively

 

248,456

 

214,678

 

Unbilled receivables

 

142,250

 

178,290

 

Investments in and advances to construction joint ventures

 

26,346

 

23,271

 

Deferred income taxes

 

89,320

 

74,223

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

23,543

 

Other

 

43,804

 

45,897

 

Total current assets

 

789,011

 

731,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

 

145,144

 

99,356

 

Goodwill

 

359,903

 

387,254

 

Deferred income taxes

 

26,644

 

51,219

 

Other

 

18,928

 

27,210

 

Total investments and other assets

 

550,619

 

565,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Construction equipment

 

94,234

 

124,099

 

Other equipment and fixtures

 

28,500

 

25,233

 

Buildings and improvements

 

10,212

 

12,377

 

Land and improvements

 

2,491

 

5,950

 

Total property and equipment

 

135,437

 

167,659

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(64,544

)

(48,428

)

Property and equipment, net

 

70,893

 

119,231

 

Total assets

 

$

1,410,523

 

$

1,415,364

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

II-42



 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and subcontracts payable, including retentions of $21,184 and $19,623, respectively

 

$

176,300

 

$

165,618

 

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

170,182

 

202,600

 

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits, including compensated absences of $45,765 and $43,580, respectively

 

131,216

 

136,214

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

60,708

 

82,513

 

Liabilities related to assets held for sale

 

 

8,167

 

Total current liabilities

 

538,406

 

595,112

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Self-insurance reserves

 

58,674

 

69,934

 

Pension, post-retirement and other benefit obligations

 

104,090

 

97,453

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

162,764

 

167,387

 

Contingencies and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

48,469

 

56,115

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, 10,000 shares authorized

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 100,000 shares authorized; 25,046 and 25,000 shares issued, respectively

 

250

 

250

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

528,484

 

521,103

 

Stock purchase warrants

 

28,647

 

28,647

 

Retained earnings

 

79,764

 

37,701

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

23,739

 

9,049

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

660,884

 

596,750

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,410,523

 

$

1,415,364

 

 

II-43



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

522,150

 

$

(25,910

)

$

(84,976

)

Reorganization items

 

4,900

 

3,174

 

36,979

 

8,148

 

56,479

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided (used) by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reorganization items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for reorganization items

 

(9,869

)

(19,091

)

(20,548

)

(11,364

)

(40,958

)

Fresh-start adjustments

 

 

 

35,078

 

 

 

Extraordinary item-gain on debt discharge

 

 

 

(567,193

)

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

31,369

 

50,742

 

5,612

 

5,292

 

74,397

 

Amortization of goodwill

 

 

 

 

1,553

 

14,635

 

Amortization and write-off of financing fees

 

19,565

 

11,091

 

624

 

354

 

20,715

 

Normal profit

 

(2,331

)

(27,425

)

(3,518

)

(4,378

)

(87,200

)

Non-cash income tax expense

 

43,057

 

40,309

 

(9,147

)

(13,413

)

(44,068

)

Minority interests in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

21,908

 

20,584

 

1,132

 

(56

)

15,528

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates, less dividends received

 

(17,091

)

(15,717

)

(3,109

)

(1,058

)

530

 

Self-insurance reserves

 

(11,259

)

20,611

 

7,921

 

2,540

 

(24,667

)

Compensation related to stock options

 

6,174

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net

 

(7,682

)

(5,599

)

227

 

(262

)

(6,562

)

Gain on foreign entity bankruptcies, including cash forfeited of $7,185

 

 

 

 

 

(41,729

)

Other

 

1,901

 

8,857

 

(7,635

)

(1,990

)

(9,834

)

Changes in other assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities held for sale):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables

 

605

 

150,644

 

41,883

 

13,994

 

167,033

 

Investments in and advances to construction joint ventures

 

(7,531

)

14,936

 

4,138

 

3,765

 

970

 

Other current assets

 

2,869

 

15,607

 

(5,212

)

8,301

 

(31,166

)

Accounts payable and subcontracts payable, accrued salaries, wages and benefits and other accrued liabilities

 

(4,629

)

(102,270

)

20,027

 

29,288

 

21,363

 

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings

 

(34,408

)

(131,291

)

(52,821

)

(3,587

)

(234,574

)

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

 

79,611

 

72,863

 

6,588

 

11,217

 

(234,084

)

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquisitions

 

(12,213

)

(22,957

)

(3,903

)

(1,266

)

(37,018

)

Property and equipment disposals

 

34,881

 

19,326

 

2,339

 

434

 

26,178

 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

(12,224

)

Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

51,347

 

Purchase of equity investment

 

 

 

 

 

(17,500

)

Proceeds from business sales

 

17,700

 

77,133

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

 

40,368

 

73,502

 

(1,564

)

(832

)

10,783

 

 

II-44



 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended
February 1,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on senior secured credit facilities

 

 

 

(20,000

)

 

 

Proceeds from debtor-in-possession financing

 

 

 

 

 

16,000

 

Repayment of debtor-in-possession financing

 

 

 

 

 

(16,000

)

Net payments on long-term revolving line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

(1,294

)

Payment of financing and bonding fees

 

(11,438

)

 

(34,749

)

 

(16,500

)

Net borrowings (repayments) under credit agreement

 

 

(40,000

)

40,000

 

 

 

Distributions to minority interests, net (including $30,853 related to sale of EMD in eleven months ended January 3, 2003)

 

(42,105

)

(63,374

)

(227

)

(547

)

(24,023

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used by financing activities

 

(52,336

)

(103,374

)

(14,976

)

(547

)

(41,817

)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

67,643

 

42,991

 

(9,952

)

9,838

 

(265,118

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

171,192

 

128,201

 

138,153

 

128,315

 

393,433

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

238,835

 

$

171,192

 

$

128,201

 

$

138,153

 

$

128,315

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information (Note 14)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

II-45



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Shares of

 

 

 

in

 

Stock

 

earnings

 

 

 

other

 

 

 

Common stock

 

Common

 

excess of

 

purchase

 

(Accumulated

 

Treasury

 

comprehensive

 

Period ended

 

Issued

 

Treasury

 

stock

 

par value

 

warrants

 

deficit)

 

stock

 

income (loss)

 

December 1, 2000

 

54,486

 

(2,019

)

$

545

 

$

250,112

 

$

6,550

 

$

(679,680

)

$

(23,192

)

$

(19,253)

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(84,976

)

 

 

 

 

Shares issued under stock award plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,851

 

Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(387

)

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,161

)

Realized loss on settled or terminated contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,750

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,630

)

November 30, 2001

 

54,486

 

(2,019

)

545

 

250,118

 

6,550

 

(764,656

)

(23,192

)

(20,830

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,910

)

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

December 28, 2001

 

54,486

 

(2,019

)

545

 

250,118

 

6,550

 

(790,566

)

(23,192

)

(20,348

)

Net income, including extraordinary gain of $567,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

522,150

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

Plan of Reorganization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancel Predecessor common stock

 

(54,486

)

2,019

 

(545

)

(250,118

)

 

 

 

 

23,192

 

 

 

Cancel Predecessor stock purchase warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,550

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eliminate Predecessor accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

268,416

 

 

 

20,268

 

Issue Successor common shares

 

25,000

 

 

 

250

 

521,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue Successor stock purchase warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2002

 

25,000

 

 

250

 

521,103

 

28,647

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,701

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,652

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(603

)

January 3, 2003

 

25,000

 

 

250

 

521,103

 

28,647

 

37,701

 

 

9,049

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,063

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

1,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation related to stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,844

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,154

)

January 2, 2004

 

25,046

 

 

$

250

 

$

528,484

 

$

28,647

 

$

79,764

 

$

 

$

23,739

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

II-46



 

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands except per share data)

 

The terms “we,” “us” and “our” as used in this annual report include Washington Group International, Inc. (“Washington Group International”) and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated. On May 14, 2001, Washington Group International and several but not all of its subsidiaries filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. On January 25, 2002, we emerged from bankruptcy protection. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.”

 

1.              SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Business

 

We were originally incorporated in Delaware on April 28, 1993 under the name Kasler Holding Company. In April 1996, we changed our name to Washington Construction Group, Inc. On September 11, 1996, we purchased Morrison Knudsen Corporation, which we refer to as “Old MK,” and changed our name to Morrison Knudsen Corporation. On September 15, 2000, we changed our name to Washington Group International, Inc.

 

We are an international provider of a broad range of design, engineering, construction, construction management, facilities and operations management, environmental remediation and mining services to diverse public and private sector clients, including (1) engineering, construction and operations and maintenance services in nuclear and fossil power markets; (2) diverse engineering and construction and construction management services for the highway and bridge, airport and seaport, dam, tunnel, water resource, railway and commercial building markets; (3) engineering, design, procurement, construction and construction management services to industrial companies; (4) contract mining, technical and engineering services for the metals, precious metals, coal, minerals and minerals processes markets; (5) comprehensive nuclear and other environmental and hazardous substance remediation services for governmental and private-sector clients and 6) weapons and chemical demilitarization programs for governmental and private-sector clients. In providing these services, we enter into four basic types of contracts: fixed-price or lump-sum contracts providing for a fixed price for all work to be performed, fixed-unit-price contracts providing for a fixed price for each unit of work to be performed, target-price contracts providing for an agreed upon price whereby we absorb cost escalations to the extent of our expected fee or profit and are reimbursed for costs which continue to escalate beyond our expected fee and cost-type contracts providing for reimbursement of costs plus a fee. Both anticipated income and economic risk are greater under fixed-price and fixed-unit-price contracts than under cost-type contracts. Engineering, construction management and environmental and hazardous substance remediation contracts are typically awarded pursuant to a cost-type contract.

 

We participate in construction joint ventures, often as sponsor and manager of projects, which are formed for the sole purpose of bidding, negotiating and completing specific projects. We participate in two incorporated mining ventures: Westmoreland Resources, Inc., a coal mining company in Montana, and MIBRAG mbH, a company that operates lignite coal mines and power plants in Germany. We also participate in two incorporated government contracting ventures, collectively the Westinghouse Businesses. Our venture partner is British Nuclear Services, Inc. (“BNFL”). We hold a 60% economic interest in the Westinghouse Businesses and BNFL holds a 40% economic interest. On July 7, 2000, we purchased from Raytheon Company (“Raytheon”) and Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. (“RECI”) the capital stock of the subsidiaries of RECI and specified other assets of RECI, and we assumed specified liabilities of RECI. The businesses that we purchased, hereinafter called “RE&C,” provide engineering, design, procurement, construction, operation, maintenance and other services on a global basis. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.”

 

Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Washington Group International and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries and certain majority-owned construction joint ventures. Investments in

 

II-47



 

unconsolidated construction joint ventures are accounted for by the equity method on the balance sheet with our proportionate share of revenue, cost of revenue and gross profit included in the consolidated statements of operations. Investments in incorporated unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

As of February 1, 2002, we adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the guidelines provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, a new entity was created for financial reporting purposes. We used the purchase method of accounting to allocate our reorganization value of $550 million to our assets and liabilities based on estimates of fair value. Accordingly, periods subsequent to February 1, 2002 are not comparable to prior periods. In the accompanying financial statements and notes to financial statements, the periods presented through February 1, 2002 have been designated “Predecessor Company,” and the periods subsequent to February 1, 2002 have been designated “Successor Company.” See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.”

 

Effective December 29, 2001, we changed our fiscal year to the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to December 31 from the 52/53 weeks ending on the Friday closest to November 30. The change in reporting period has not materially affected comparability between the reporting periods presented.

 

Revenue recognition

 

We follow the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.  We recognize revenue on engineering and construction-type contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting whereby revenue is recognized as performance under the contract progresses. For most of our fixed-price and target-price contracts, we use a cost-to-cost approach to measure progress towards completion. Under the cost-to-cost method, we make periodic estimates of our progress towards completion by comparing costs incurred to date with total estimated contract costs. Revenue is then calculated on a cumulative basis (project-to-date) as the total contract value multiplied by the current percentage complete. Revenue for a reporting period is calculated as the cumulative project-to-date revenue less project revenue recognized in prior periods. However, we defer profit recognition on fixed-price and certain target-priced construction contracts until progress is sufficient to estimate the probable outcome, which generally does not occur until the project is at least 20% complete.

 

For contracts that include significant materials or equipment costs, we use an efforts expended method to measure progress towards completion based on labor hours, labor dollars or some other measurement of physical completion. For certain long-term contracts involving mining and environmental and hazardous substance remediation, progress towards completion is measured using the units of production method. Revenues from reimbursable or cost-plus contracts are recognized on the basis of costs incurred during the period plus the fee earned. Service-related contracts, including operations and maintenance contracts, are accounted for over the period of performance, in proportion to the costs of performance, evenly over the period or over units of production. Award fees associated with U.S. government contracts are initially estimated and recognized based on prior historical performance until the client has confirmed the final award fee. Performance-based incentive fees are included in contract value when a basis exists for the reasonable prediction of performance in relation to established targets. When a basis for reasonable prediction does not exist, performance-based incentive fees are recognized when actually awarded by the client.

 

Revenue recognition for construction and engineering contracts also depends on whether the contract or project is determined to be an “at-risk” or an “agency” relationship between the client and us. Determination of the relationship is based on characteristics of the contract or the relationship with the client. For “at-risk” relationships, the gross revenue and the costs of materials, services, payroll, benefits, non-income tax and other costs are recognized in our statements of operations. For “agency” relationships, where we act as an agent for our client, only fee revenue is recognized, meaning that direct project costs and the related reimbursement from the client are netted.

 

II-48



 

The use of the percentage-of-completion method for revenue recognition requires the use of various estimates, including among others, the extent of progress towards completion, contract completion costs and contract revenue. Profit margins to be recognized are dependent upon the accuracy of estimated engineering progress, materials quantities, achievement of milestones and other incentives, penalty provisions, labor productivity and other cost estimates. Such estimates are dependent upon various judgments we make with respect to those factors, and some are difficult to accurately determine until the project is significantly underway. Progress is evaluated each reporting period. We recognize adjustments to profitability on contracts utilizing the percentage-of-completion method on a cumulative basis, when such adjustments are identified. We have a history of making reasonably dependable estimates of the extent of progress towards completion, contract revenue and contract completion costs on our long-term engineering and construction contracts. However, due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that actual completion costs may vary from estimates. In limited circumstances, we may use the completed-contract method for specific contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make the estimates doubtful. The completed contract method was not utilized during any of the periods presented.

 

Change orders and claims

 

Once contract performance is underway, we often experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, designs, materials and expectations regarding the period of performance. The majority of such changes present minimal or no financial risk to us. Generally, a “change order” will be negotiated with our customer to modify the original contract to approve both the scope and price of the change. Occasionally, however, disagreements arise regarding changes, their nature, measurement, timing and other characteristics that impact costs and revenue under the contract. When a change becomes a point of dispute between our customer and us, we then consider it as a claim.

 

Costs related to change orders and claims are recognized when they are incurred. Change orders are included in total estimated contract revenue when it is probable that the change order will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Claims are included in total estimated contract revenue, only to the extent that contract costs related to the claim have been incurred, when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value and can be reliably estimated. Those two conditions are satisfied when (1) the contract or other evidence provides a legal basis for the claim or a legal opinion is obtained providing a reasonable basis to support the claim, (2) additional costs incurred were caused by unforeseen circumstances and are not the result of deficiencies in our performance, (3) costs associated with the claim are identifiable and reasonable in view of work performed and (4) evidence supporting the claim is objective and verifiable. No profit is recognized on claims until final settlement occurs. This can lead to a situation where costs are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized when customer agreement is obtained or claim resolution occurs, which can be in subsequent periods. We recognized revenue related to claims in the following amounts for the periods presented:

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

$

35,199

 

 

$

15,393

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

31,683

 

 

 

Substantially all claims were settled and collected during each respective period for which claim revenue was recognized. Additional contract related costs, including subcontractors’ share of claim settlements, of $8,998 and $2,554 for the year ended January 2, 2004 and the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, respectively, reduced the impact on gross profit of the claim settlements included above.

 

II-49



 

Estimated losses on uncompleted contracts and changes in contract estimates

 

We record provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts in the period in which such losses are identified. The cumulative effects of revisions to contract revenue and estimated completion costs are recorded in the accounting period in which the amounts become evident and can be reasonably estimated. These revisions can include such items as the effects of change orders and claims, warranty claims, liquidated damages or other contractual penalties, adjustments for audit findings on U.S. government contracts and contract closeout settlements.

 

Segmenting contracts

 

Occasionally a contract may include several elements or phases, each of which were negotiated separately with the customer that we agreed to perform without regard to the performance of others. We follow the criteria set forth in SOP 81-1 when segmenting contracts. In these situations, we segment the contract and assign revenues to the different elements or phases to achieve different rates of profitability based on the relative value of each element or phase to the estimated contract revenue. Values assigned to the segments are based on our normal historical prices and terms of such services to other customers.

 

Normal profit

 

Normal profit is an accounting concept that results from the requirement that an acquiring company record all contracts of an acquiree that are in-process at the date of acquisition, including construction contracts, at fair value. As such, an asset for favorable contracts or a liability for unfavorable contracts is recorded in purchase accounting. These assets or liabilities are then reduced based on revenues recorded over the remaining contract lives, effectively resulting in the recognition of a reasonable or normal profit margin on contract activity performed subsequent to the acquisition. Because of the acquisition of RE&C and the below market profit status of many of the significant acquired contracts, we recorded significant liabilities in purchase accounting. The reduction of these liabilities has a significant impact on our recorded net income, but has no impact on our cash flows.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles necessarily requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenue and costs during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we review our estimates based on information that is currently available. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates.

 

Classification of current assets and liabilities

 

We include in current assets and liabilities amounts realizable and payable under contracts that extend beyond one year. Accounts receivable at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 included approximately $6,296 and $3,189, respectively, of contract retentions, which are not expected to be collected within one year. At January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, accounts receivable included $1,141 and $14,101, respectively, of short-term marketable securities jointly held with customers as contract retentions, the market value of which approximated the carrying amounts. We recognize interest income from marketable securities as earned. Advances from customers are non-interest bearing. Subcontracts payable, billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts and estimated costs to complete long-term contracts each contain amounts that, depending on contract performance, resolution of U.S. government contract audits, negotiations, change orders, claims or changes in facts and circumstances, may not require payment within one year.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of liquid securities with remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. At January 2, 2004, cash and cash

 

II-50



 

equivalents included amounts totaling $70,667 that were restricted for use in the normal operations of our consolidated construction joint ventures, by projects having contractual cash restrictions and by our self-insurance programs. The comparable amount at January 3, 2003 was $90,791.

 

Accounts and unbilled receivables

 

Accounts receivable at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 include allowance for doubtful accounts of $13,519 and $19,414, respectively. Unbilled receivables represent costs incurred under contracts in process that have not yet been invoiced to customers and arise from the use of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, cost reimbursement-type contracts and the timing of billings. Substantially all unbilled receivables at January 2, 2004 are expected to be billed and collected within one year.

 

Credit risk concentration

 

By policy, we limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution and place investments with financial institutions evaluated as highly creditworthy. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable and unbilled receivables are believed to be limited due to the number, diversification and character of the obligors and our credit evaluation process. Typically, we have not required collateral for such obligations, but we may place liens against property, plant or equipment constructed if a default occurs. Historically, we have not incurred any material credit-related losses.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is now subject to annual impairment tests pursuant to SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In periods prior to 2002, we amortized goodwill. Effective February 1, 2002, in conjunction with fresh-start reporting, we used the purchase method of accounting to allocate our reorganization value to our net assets, with the excess recorded as goodwill on the basis of estimates of fair value. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.” For income tax purposes, we have tax deductible goodwill in excess of financial statement goodwill. As goodwill is deducted for income tax purposes, substantially all the resulting tax benefit reduces financial statement goodwill.

 

SFAS No. 142, adopted effective December 29, 2001, provides that prior periods’ results, in which goodwill was amortized, should not be restated. The following table presents our comparative operating results for the periods prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142 reflecting the elimination of goodwill amortization expense.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Reported income (loss) before extraordinary item

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

(45,043

)

$

(25,910

)

$

(84,976

)

Goodwill amortization, net of tax

 

 

 

 

962

 

9,097

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

(278

)

(3,333

)

Income (loss) before extraordinary item as adjusted

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

(45,043

)

$

(25,226

)

$

(79,212

)

Reported net income (loss)

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

522,150

 

$

(25,910

)

$

(84,976

)

Goodwill amortization, net of tax

 

 

 

 

962

 

9,097

 

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

(278

)

(3,333

)

Net income (loss) as adjusted

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

522,150

 

$

(25,226

)

$

(79,212

)

 

II-51



 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment was stated at estimated fair value as of February 1, 2002. Subsequent major renewals and improvements are capitalized at cost, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation of construction equipment is provided based on the straight-line and accelerated methods, after an allowance for estimated salvage value, over estimated lives of 2 to 10 years. Depreciation of buildings is provided based on the straight-line method over estimated lives of 10 to 40 years, and improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset life or lease term. Depreciation of equipment is provided based on the straight-line method over estimated lives of 3 to 12 years. Upon disposition, cost and related accumulated depreciation of property and equipment are removed from the accounts, and the gain or loss is reflected in results of operations.

 

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represent amounts actually billed to clients, and perhaps collected, in excess of costs and profits incurred on the project and, as such, is reflected as a liability. Also, in limited situations, we negotiate substantial advance payments as a contract condition. These advance payments are reflected in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. Provisions for losses on contracts, reclamation reserves on mining contracts and reserves for punch-list costs, demobilization and warranty costs on contracts that have achieved substantial completion and reserves for audit and contract closing adjustments on U.S. government contracts are also included in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts. The following table summarizes the components of billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

$

97,982

 

$

109,860

 

Estimated costs to complete long-term contracts

 

49,900

 

71,847

 

Normal profit reserve

 

13,737

 

16,068

 

Other reserves

 

8,563

 

4,825

 

 

 

$

170,182

 

$

202,600

 

 

Self-insurance reserves

 

Self-insurance reserves represent reserves established through a program under which we determine the extent to which we self-insure certain business risks. We carry substantial premium-paid, traditional insurance for our various business risks; however, we do self-insure the lower level deductibles for workers’ compensation and general, automobile and professional liability. Most of this self-insurance is handled through Broadway Insurance Company, a wholly owned captive Bermuda insurance subsidiary. Our total self-insurance reserves at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 are $71,656 and $83,078, respectively. The current portion of the self-insurance reserves of $12,982 and $13,144, respectively, at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 is included in other accrued liabilities.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

The functional currency for foreign operations is generally the local currency. Translation of assets and liabilities to U.S. dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue and expenses to U.S. dollars is based on a weighted-average rate during the period. Translation gains or losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Because of the short-term duration of certain construction and engineering projects, related translation gains or losses are recognized currently. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the results of operations of the period in which the transaction is completed.

 

Income taxes

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance

 

II-52



 

is established when it is more likely than not that net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Tax credits are generally recognized in the year they arise.

 

Income per share

 

Basic income per share is calculated on the weighted-average number of outstanding common shares during the applicable period. Diluted income per share is based on the weighted-average number of outstanding common shares plus the weighted-average number of potential outstanding common shares. Income per share is computed separately for each period presented.

 

For the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, the 8,520 outstanding stock purchase warrants and 5,033 outstanding stock options were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the warrants and options, and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive. During the year ended January 2, 2004, the weighted average number of outstanding warrants and options excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share was 7,749 and 3,270, respectively.

 

Our emergence from bankruptcy in January 2002 resulted in the cancellation of all of our then-outstanding capital stock, stock options and stock purchase warrants and the issuance of new shares of capital stock, stock purchase warrants and stock options. As such, we believe the presentation of income (loss) per share for these canceled instruments is not meaningful. For a detailed discussion of our bankruptcy proceedings and emergence from bankruptcy protection, see Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.”

 

Stock-based compensation

 

We have used the intrinsic value method to account for stock-based employee compensation under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Bulletin (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations for all periods presented. Our stock-based employee compensation plans are described in Note 16, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans.” The following table presents the pro forma effect on net income (loss) and income per share as if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of the SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

Net income (loss) as reported

 

$

42,063

 

$

37,701

 

$

522,150

 

$

(25,910

)

$

(84,976

)

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards (1)

 

(15,923

)

(25,888

)

10,995

 

(472

)

(6,750

)

Add: Compensation cost recognized using intrinsic value method

 

6,174

 

 

 

 

4

 

Tax effects

 

3,805

 

10,104

 

(4,291

)

184

 

2,624

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

$

36,119

 

$

21,917

 

$

528,854

(2)

$

(26,198

)

$

(89,098

)

Income per share (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported - basic

 

$

1.68

 

$

1.51

 

 

 

 

As reported - diluted

 

1.66

 

1.51

 

 

 

 

Pro forma - basic

 

1.44

 

.88

 

 

 

 

Pro forma - diluted

 

1.43

 

.88

 

 

 

 

 


(1)          We present pro forma compensation cost assuming all stock options granted will vest, with pro forma recognition of actual forfeitures as they occur. Our emergence from bankruptcy protection in January 2002 and the resulting cancellation of all of our previously existing stock options therefore gave rise to a reversal of compensation expense on a pro forma basis for the one month ended February 1, 2002. Upon emergence from bankruptcy protection, we granted options of which one-third immediately vested. Due to this vesting, a significant portion of the total pro forma compensation cost associated with these options is presented on a pro forma basis during the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 with the remainder substantially recognized during the year ended January 2, 2004.

(2)          Pro forma income (loss) before extraordinary item was $(38,339) for the one month ended February 1, 2002.

(3)          Income per share is not presented for the Predecessor Company periods, as it is not meaningful because of the revised capital structure of the Successor Company.

 

See Note 16, “Capital Stock, Stock Purchase Warrants and Stock Compensation Plans” for a discussion of the assumptions used for the table above.

 

II-53



 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods’ financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

 

2.              ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

Adoption of accounting standards

 

In April 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Because we did not have any derivative instruments subject to the provisions of SFAS No. 133, the adoption of SFAS No. 149 did not impact our financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) that may previously have been classified as equity. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 was effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise was effective at the beginning of our third quarter of 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 (Revised) (“Revised SFAS No. 132”), Employer’s Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. Revised SFAS No. 132 retains the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 132 and requires additional disclosures relating to pension and post-retirement assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost. Revised SFAS No. 132 is effective for our year ended January 2, 2004, except that certain disclosures are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. Interim period disclosures are effective for us in the first quarter of 2004. The adoption of Revised SFAS No. 132 did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The disclosures in Note 10, “Benefit Plans,” have been revised to include the additional disclosures required by Revised SFAS No. 132.

 

Recently issued accounting standards

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”), which is an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements. FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company that is considered to be the primary beneficiary of that variable interest entity. In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46 (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46-R”) to address certain FIN 46 implementation issues. The effective dates and impact of FIN 46 and FIN 46-R to our consolidated financial statements include:

 

II-54



 

                  Special purpose entities. We completed our assessment and determined we have no investment in special purpose entities as defined by FIN 46-R.

                  Non-special purpose entities. We are required to adopt FIN 46-R at the end of the first quarter of 2004. As is common in our industry, we have executed contracts jointly with third parties through partnerships and joint ventures. We account for a majority of these investments in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (“EITF”) 00-01, Investor Balance Sheet and Income Statement Display under the Equity Method for Investments in Certain Partnerships and Other Ventures. We believe the adoption of FIN 46-R will not be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for non-special purpose entities. To the extent we enter into any significant joint venture and partnership agreements in the future that would require consolidation under FIN 46-R, it could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements in future filings.

 

3.              ACQUISITION, REORGANIZATION CASE AND FRESH-START REPORTING

 

Acquisition of RE&C

 

The following discussion describes our acquisition of Raytheon Engineers & Constructors in 2000 and the resulting issues and events, including the establishment of normal profit reserves, our severe near-term liquidity problems and filing for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and integration and merger costs related to the acquisition. These issues and events primarily pertain to our 2001 financial statements.

 

On July 7, 2000, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated April 14, 2000 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), we purchased from Raytheon and RECI (collectively, the “Sellers”) RE&C, which provides engineering, design, procurement, construction, operation, maintenance and other services on a global basis. We financed the acquisition by obtaining new senior secured facilities (the “RE&C Financing Facilities”) and issuing senior unsecured notes due July 1, 2010 (the “Senior Unsecured Notes”). See Note 8, “Credit Facilities” for a more detailed description of the RE&C Financing Facilities and the Senior Unsecured Notes.

 

RECI retained, among other assets, all of its interest in and rights with respect to some of the existing contracts. In addition, the Stock Purchase Agreement provided that the contracts related to four specified construction projects would be transferred to RECI, and RE&C would enter into subcontracts to perform, on a cost-reimbursed basis, all of RECI’s obligations under the contracts. Because the customer consents required to transfer the four contracts to RECI could not be obtained as of closing, we agreed to remain the contract party and continued to be directly obligated to the customers and other third parties under the contracts relating to the four projects. Accordingly, we and the Sellers agreed that the Sellers would provide us with full indemnification with respect to any risks associated with those contracts, which arrangement accomplished the original intent of the Stock Purchase Agreement. Under the Stock Purchase Agreement, we agreed that we would complete the four specified projects for the Sellers’ account and the Sellers agreed to reimburse our costs to do so and to share equally with us any positive variance between actual costs and estimated costs. The Sellers also agreed to indemnify us against any losses, claims or liabilities under the contracts relating to such projects, except losses, claims or liabilities resulting from our gross negligence or willful misconduct, against which we would indemnify the Sellers.

 

As part of the acquisition of RE&C, we undertook a comprehensive review of existing contracts that we acquired for the purpose of making a preliminary allocation of the acquisition price to the net assets acquired. As part of this review, we evaluated, among other matters, RECI’s estimates of the costs at completion of the long-term contracts that were underway as of July 7, 2000 (“Acquisition Date EAC’s”). During this process, information came to our attention that raised questions as to whether the Acquisition Date EAC’s needed to be adjusted significantly. Our review process involved the analysis of an extensive amount of supporting data, including analysis of numerous, large construction projects in various stages of completion. Based on the information available at the time of the review, the preliminary results of this review indicated that the Acquisition Date EAC’s of numerous long-term contracts required substantial adjustment. The adjustments resulted in contract losses or lower than market rate margins. As a result, in our report on Form 10-Q for the

 

II-55



 

quarter ended September 1, 2000, we significantly decreased the carrying value of the net assets acquired and increased the goodwill associated with the transaction. Because many of the contracts we acquired contained either unrecorded losses or lower than market profits, these contracts were adjusted to their estimated fair value at the July 7, 2000 acquisition date in order to allow for a reasonable profit margin for completing the contracts, and a gross margin or normal profit reserve of $233,135 was established and recorded in billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts.

 

Our review of the RE&C contracts and the purchase price allocation process continued thereafter, and, based on the results of that review, we expected that, as a result of the purchase price adjustment process, the purchase price of RE&C would be adjusted downward by a significant amount. Subsequent to the quarter ended September 1, 2000, we completed the review and made additional adjustments to the contracts we had acquired, resulting from a more accurate determination of the actual contract status at the acquisition date.

 

The normal profit reserve has been reduced as work has been performed on the affected projects. The reduction results in decreases to cost of revenue and corresponding increases in gross profit, but has no effect on cash. The changes in the normal profit reserve for the periods indicated are as follows:

 

Normal profit reserve

 

December 1, 2000 balance

 

$

182,864

 

Adjustments on reformed and rejected contracts (see below)

 

(53,376

)

Cost of revenue (decrease)

 

(87,200

)

November 30, 2001 balance

 

42,288

 

Cost of revenue (decrease)

 

(4,378

)

December 28, 2001 balance

 

37,910

 

Increase from fresh-start reporting

 

9,101

 

Cost of revenue (decrease)

 

(3,518

)

February 1, 2002 balance

 

43,493

 

Cost of revenue (decrease)

 

(27,425

)

January 3, 2003 balance

 

16,068

 

Cost of revenue (decrease)

 

(2,331

)

January 2, 2004 balance

 

$

13,737

 

 

On February 27, 2001, we filed a lawsuit against the Sellers seeking specific performance of the purchase price adjustment provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement. On March 8, 2001, we amended our complaint to also seek money damages for misstatements and omissions allegedly made by the Sellers. Our lawsuit seeking specific performance was successful, and we and the Sellers thereafter commenced an arbitration proceeding before an independent accountant approved by the court to determine the purchase price adjustment. A significant arbitration claim was ultimately filed against the Sellers, as discussed below.

 

During the spring of 2000, in connection with the acquisition of RE&C, we received from the Sellers audited RECI financial statements at December 31, 1999 and 1998 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999 and unaudited RECI financial statements as of and for the three months ended April 2, 2000 and April 4, 1999. In accordance with federal securities law disclosure requirements, on July 13, 2000, we filed those audited and unaudited financial statements and our related unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 3, 1999 and for the quarter ended March 3, 2000 in a current report on Form 8-K. Subsequently, in our current report on Form 8-K filed March 8, 2001, we advised that, for the reasons stated in such report, the foregoing audited and unaudited financial statements of RECI and our related unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, which were derived therefrom, no longer should be relied upon.

 

On March 2, 2001, we announced that we faced severe near-term liquidity problems as a result of our acquisition of RE&C. On March 9, 2001, because of those liquidity problems, we suspended work on two large

 

II-56



 

construction projects located in Massachusetts that were part of the acquisition. The Sellers had provided the customer with parent performance guarantees on those two contracts, and the guarantees remained in effect after closing the Stock Purchase Agreement. Those performance guarantees required the Sellers to complete the work on the contracts in the event RE&C (owned by us as of July 7, 2000) did not complete them. The contracts were fixed-price in nature, and our review of cost estimates indicated that there were substantial unrecognized future costs in excess of future contract revenues that were not reflected in RECI’s Acquisition Date EAC’s.

 

Upon our suspension of work, the Sellers undertook performance of those contracts pursuant to the outstanding performance guarantees. We, however, were obligated under the Stock Purchase Agreement to indemnify the Sellers for losses they incurred under those guarantees. The Sellers also assumed obligations under other contracts, primarily in the RE&C power generation construction business unit, which resulted in significant additional indemnification obligations by us to the Sellers. As a result of costs they incurred to perform under the parent guarantees, the Sellers filed a claim against us in the bankruptcy process for approximately $940,000. As further discussed below, this claim was ultimately settled without payment to the Sellers in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection. See “Reorganization case” further in this Note. Until such settlement, we retained all liabilities related to the contracts, including normal profit reserves, on our balance sheet as accrued liabilities included in liabilities subject to compromise.

 

On May 14, 2001, because of the severe near-term liquidity problems resulting from our acquisition of RE&C, we filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. At various times between May 14, 2001 and November 20, 2001, we “rejected” numerous contracts (construction contracts, leases and others), as that term is used in the legal sense in bankruptcy law. Included in these rejections were numerous contracts that we acquired from the Sellers. On August 27, 2001, we also rejected the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

On December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, Inc., et al., as modified (the “Plan of Reorganization”). The Plan of Reorganization became effective and we emerged from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002 (the “Effective Date”).

 

During the pendency of the bankruptcy, we continued to negotiate with the Sellers a settlement of our outstanding litigation with respect to the RE&C acquisition. As a result of those negotiations, we reached a settlement regarding all issues and disputes between the parties, which settlement was incorporated into our Plan of Reorganization (the “Raytheon Settlement”).

 

Under the Raytheon Settlement, the Sellers agreed that, with respect to their bankruptcy claim, the Sellers would be considered unpaid, unsecured creditors having rights in the unsecured creditor class, but that, upon completion of our Plan of Reorganization, they would waive any rights to receive any distributions to be given to unsecured creditors with allowed claims. In exchange, we agreed to dismiss all litigation against the Sellers related to the acquisition and to discontinue the purchase price adjustment and binding arbitration process. We released all claims based on any act occurring prior to the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization, including all claims against the Sellers, their affiliates and directors, officers, employees, agents and specified professionals. The Sellers released all claims based on any act occurring prior to the Effective Date of our Plan of Reorganization, including any claims related to any contracts or projects not assumed by us during the bankruptcy cases, against us and our directors, officers, employees, agents and professionals. No cash was exchanged as a result of this settlement.

 

In addition, under a services agreement entered into as a part of the Raytheon Settlement, the Sellers will direct the process for resolving pre-petition claims asserted against us in the bankruptcy case relating to any contract or project that we rejected and that involved some form of support arrangement from the Sellers. We agreed to assist the Sellers in settling or litigating various claims related to those rejected projects. We also agreed to complete work as requested by the Sellers on those rejected projects on a cost-reimbursable basis. The Sellers may, with respect to the rejected projects described above, pursue or settle any of our claims against project owners, contractors or other third parties and will retain any resulting proceeds, except that for specified projects, recoveries in excess of amounts paid by the Sellers will be returned to us.

 

II-57



 

While this settlement eliminated our ability to continue to seek to collect our arbitration claim, it was necessary because the Sellers’ large unsecured claims in the bankruptcy were substantially impeding our Plan of Reorganization process. Without this settlement, a successful emergence from Chapter 11 would have been delayed or impossible.

 

As a result of the acquisition, we incurred significant costs associated with the integration and merger of the two companies. The costs consisted primarily of incremental costs for legal, accounting, consulting and other fees, including business consulting, promotion and systems integration. For the year ended November 30, 2001, those costs were $18,858.

 

Reorganization case

 

As previously discussed, on May 14, 2001, because of severe near-term liquidity issues Washington Group International and several, but not all, of its direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Nevada. The various individual bankruptcy cases were administered jointly.

 

Under Chapter 11, certain claims against a debtor in existence prior to the filing of a petition for relief under the federal bankruptcy laws (“Pre-petition Claims”) are stayed while the debtor continues business operations as a debtor-in-possession. Each of our Debtors in this case continued to operate its business and manage its property as a debtor-in-possession during the pendency of the case. Subsequent to the filing date, additional Pre-petition Claims resulted from the rejection of executory contracts, including leases, and from the resolution of claims for contingencies and other disputed amounts. Secured claims, primarily representing liens on the Debtors’ assets related to the RE&C Financing Facilities, were also stayed during the pendency of the bankruptcy.

 

The Debtors received approval from the bankruptcy court under first-day orders to pay and did pay specified pre-petition obligations, including employee wages and benefits, foreign vendors, tax obligations and critical vendor obligations.

 

Our ability to continue as a going-concern during the pendency of the bankruptcy was dependent upon obtaining sufficient debtor-in-possession financing in order to continue operations while in bankruptcy, the confirmation of a plan of reorganization by the bankruptcy court, and resolution of disputes between the Sellers and us.

 

As of May 14, 2001, we obtained a Secured Super-Priority Debtor-in-Possession Revolving Credit Facility (the “DIP Facility”) with a commitment of $195,000 that was available to provide both ongoing funding and to support letters of credit. On June 5, 2001, the DIP Facility lenders approved an increase in the total commitment from $195,000 to $220,000. See Note 8, “Credit Facilities - - DIP Facility.” The DIP Facility was available and utilized as needed throughout the pendency of the bankruptcy and was replaced by a secured $350,000, 30-month revolving credit facility (the “Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility” or the “Credit Facility”) entered into on January 25, 2002. For a detailed discussion of the Senior Secured Revolving Facility, see Note 8, “Credit Facilities - Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

 

During the pendency of the bankruptcy, we continued to negotiate with the Sellers a settlement of our outstanding litigation with respect to the RE&C acquisition. As a result of those negotiations, we entered into the Raytheon Settlement as disclosed previously in this Note 3.

 

On December 21, 2001, the bankruptcy court entered an order confirming the Plan of Reorganization. Substantially all liabilities of the Debtors as of the date of the bankruptcy filing were subject to settlement under our Plan of Reorganization.

 

II-58



 

The Plan of Reorganization became effective and the Debtors emerged from bankruptcy protection on the Effective Date. Our Plan of Reorganization provided for the following upon the Effective Date:

 

                  All of our equity securities (common stock, stock purchase warrants and stock options) existing prior to the Effective Date were canceled and extinguished.

 

                  $570,000 of secured debt under the RE&C Financing Facilities was exchanged for $20,000 in cash and 20,000 shares of the new common stock of reorganized Washington Group International (“New Common Stock”) as discussed further below. See Note 8, “Credit Facilities.”

 

                  We entered into a registration rights agreement with each holder of a secured claim that received New Common Stock and requested to be a party to such agreement.

 

                  Vendor and subcontractor claims directly related to contracts we assumed during bankruptcy or upon emergence from bankruptcy that were not paid as critical vendor payments were paid in cash in a cure amount equal to the total claim.

 

                  Each holder of unsecured claims at or under $5 (five thousand dollars) is to receive cash in an amount equal to its total unsecured claim (“Convenience Class Payments”).

 

                  Accounts payable and subcontracts payable that were not related to cure payments or Convenience Class Payments were discharged.

 

                  The holders of $300,000 of Senior Unsecured Notes and all other unsecured creditors were to receive a pro rata share of 5,000 shares of the New Common Stock and a pro rata share of 8,520 fully vested stock warrants to purchase additional shares of New Common Stock. The stock warrants expire if unexercised four years after the Effective Date. A reorganization plan committee was established to evaluate and resolve objections to disputed claims of unsecured creditors and to determine each unsecured creditor’s pro rata share of shares and warrants. The warrants consist of three tranches as follows:

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

Exercise price per share

 

Tranche A

 

3,086

 

$

28.50

 

Tranche B

 

3,527

 

$

31.74

 

Tranche C

 

1,907

 

$

33.51

 

 

                  Specified members of management and designated employees were granted stock options pursuant to a management option plan. The management option plan provided for nonqualified stock option grants as of the Effective Date totaling 1,389 aggregate shares of the New Common Stock with a term of 10 years and an exercise price of $24.00 per share. In addition, another 1,389 shares of the New Common Stock were reserved for grants after the Effective Date at exercise prices to be established by our board of directors.

 

                  The chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Dennis R. Washington, was granted stock options to purchase shares of New Common Stock in three tranches. The first tranche was to expire five years after the Effective Date. The remaining tranches were to expire four years after the Effective Date. One-third of each tranche vested on the Effective Date, one-third of each tranche vested on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and the final third of each tranche vested on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, January 25, 2004. We also agreed with Mr. Washington that our amended certificate of incorporation and bylaws would permit his accumulation of up to 40% of the fully diluted shares of New Common Stock in open market or privately-negotiated transactions, including exercise of the stock options, and that we would take no action inconsistent with those provisions. Mr. Washington’s stock options were amended in November 2003, extending the expiration dates on all three tranches to ten years from the original date

 

II-59



 

of grant, or January 25, 2012. The number of shares and respective exercise prices for each tranche are as follows:

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

Exercise price
per share

 

Tranche A

 

1,389

 

$

24.00

 

Tranche B

 

882

 

$

31.74

 

Tranche C

 

953

 

$

33.51

 

 

                  We adopted fresh-start reporting as of February 1, 2002 as discussed below.

 

                  We filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adopted amended and restated bylaws and established a new board of directors.

 

On January 25, 2002, we entered into the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to fund our working capital requirements. See Note 8, “Credit Facilities.”

 

Washington International B.V.

 

As a result of our filing for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the board of directors of Washington International B.V., one of our wholly owned subsidiaries located in The Hague, the Netherlands, (“BV”), determined that BV would have insufficient funds to continue operations in the same manner as it had prior to our bankruptcy filing. The determination was made based on the then-existing financial condition of BV and the fact that our DIP Facility contained terms that prohibited the additional commitment of our resources for BV operations.

 

On May 21, 2001, the BV board of directors directed management to consider strategic restructuring alternatives including the filing of a petition for suspension of payment under Dutch law. On May 29, 2001, the suspension of payment was granted and a trustee was appointed pursuant to Dutch law. Under the joint management of the trustee and the BV management, all payments to third parties were temporarily postponed while the trustee and management attempted to pursue strategic alternatives, including the sale of the business to various potentially interested parties. From the date of the trustee’s appointment through June 21, 2001, the trustee and management gathered facts and attempted to sell the business to several interested parties.

 

Following discussions with the interested parties, it became clear that a sale of the business was not feasible. On June 21, 2001, the trustee transformed the suspension of payments to a procedure of insolvency, and a curator was appointed to take over all management responsibilities and to liquidate the BV estate. The curator has been managing the estate since that date and we have cooperated and will continue to cooperate with the curator to resolve various intercompany issues, including third party intellectual property rights, foreign intercompany loans and other matters.

 

During 2001, as a result of the insolvency and liquidation of BV, we wrote off $30,652 of assets, $64,517 of liabilities and $1,904 of foreign currency translation losses, resulting in a net gain of $31,961 from the discharge of liabilities, which is included in reorganization items.

 

Washington International, LLC

 

Washington International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Washington International Holding Limited, a United Kingdom wholly owned subsidiary of Washington Group International, filed for protection under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in connection with our Chapter 11 filing. Washington International Holding Limited did not file for bankruptcy protection and, therefore, was not a debtor in our bankruptcy proceedings in the United States. Washington International, LLC conducted business primarily in the United Kingdom. On December 5, 2001, Washington E&C Limited, also a United Kingdom wholly owned subsidiary of Washington International Holding Limited, purchased specified contracts, constituting the ongoing

 

II-60



 

business of Washington International, LLC, for $250. At that time, Washington International, LLC ceased conducting business and on February 20, 2002, a “Winding Up” order was made under the insolvency laws of England and Wales against Washington International, LLC. Washington International, LLC is now under the control of a liquidator pursuant to the insolvency laws of England and Wales, and we no longer have any control over its activities. Once the winding up process is complete, Washington International, LLC will be dissolved and will cease to exist. Creditors of Washington International, LLC will not receive any shares of the New Common Stock or stock warrants to be distributed to the unsecured creditors of the Debtors.

 

Upon adoption of liquidation basis accounting in 2001, Washington International, LLC had assets of $9,208, liabilities of $12,155 and $364 of foreign currency translation losses, resulting in a net gain of $2,583, which is included in reorganization items.

 

Reorganization items

 

Reorganization items consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Professional fees and other expenses related to bankruptcy proceedings

 

$

4,900

 

$

3,174

 

$

36,072

 

$

8,148

 

$

54,663

 

Impairment of assets of rejected contracts

 

 

 

907

 

 

36,360

 

Net gain from liquidation of insolvent subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

(34,544

)

Adjustments to fair values in fresh-start

 

 

 

35,078

 

 

 

Total reorganization items

 

$

4,900

 

$

3,174

 

$

72,057

 

$

8,148

 

$

56,479

 

 

Contractual interest expense

 

During the pendency of our bankruptcy proceedings, we ceased accruing interest on our long-term debt. Contractual interest expense not recorded during the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001 was $7,090, $6,320 and $48,235, respectively.

 

Fresh-start reporting

 

As of February 1, 2002, we adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to the guidance provided by SOP 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, a new entity was created for financial reporting purposes. The effective date of our emergence from bankruptcy is considered to be the close of business on February 1, 2002 for financial reporting purposes.

 

Pursuant to SOP 90-7, we used the purchase method of accounting to allocate our reorganization value to our net assets with the excess recorded as goodwill on the basis of estimates of fair values. The reorganization value was determined to be $550,000 as of February 1, 2002. On the Effective Date, we borrowed $40,000 under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility; however, because the borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility are revolving working capital loans, they were not included as part of the reorganization value. Therefore, the reorganization value of $550,000 represents the value of our stockholders’ equity as of the Effective Date. Based on estimated fair value, we allocated $28,647 of the equity value to the stock purchase warrants and the remainder to the New Common Stock.

 

As part of our emergence from bankruptcy, the following transactions were recorded:

 

II-61



 

(a)          We made payments of $24,500 to creditors under the Plan of Reorganization and $34,749 in deferred financing costs related to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and deferred bonding fees. These emergence costs necessitated the $40,000 draw under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

(b)         We wrote-off $22,123 in fees on the RE&C Financing Facilities and the Senior Unsecured Notes.

(c)          Upon emergence, $1,880,900 of liabilities subject to compromise were treated as follows:

                  $373,545 of unsecured liabilities were retained by us and $4,500 were paid at emergence.

                  $926,288 in unsecured obligations were exchanged for 5,000 shares of New Common Stock and 8,520 warrants. The unsecured obligations included $300,000 of Senior Unsecured Notes and approximately $415,000 related to specified Power business unit projects that were subject to guarantees by the Sellers.

                  $576,567 in secured obligations, including accrued interest, were exchanged for 20,000 shares of New Common Stock, and $20,000 in cash paid on the Effective Date.

(d)         We recorded a gain on debt discharge of $1,460,732, less the value of New Common Stock and warrants issued of $550,000, net of income taxes of $343,539.

 

4.              RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

 

During 2001, we initiated restructuring actions to improve operational effectiveness and efficiency and reduce expenses globally relative to employment levels and excess facilities consistent with the Plan of Reorganization. A liability was recorded as other accrued liabilities for employee termination benefits, impairment charges and enhanced pension benefits. The severance costs represented expected reductions in work force for management, professional, administrative and operational overhead. The facility closure costs consist primarily of future lease payments, net of estimated sub-tenant rental income, for vacated excess facilities. As part of the Plan of Reorganization in January 2002, restructuring liabilities of $14,155 representing the remaining balance recorded as part of the acquisition of RE&C and consisting of non-cancelable lease obligations were discharged. The remaining liability at January 2, 2004 primarily represents facility closure costs.

 

The following presents restructuring charges accrued and costs incurred for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

Accrued restructuring liability at beginning of period

 

$

11,987

 

$

24,718

 

$

44,072

 

$

17,921

 

$

24,331

 

Charges and liabilities accrued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other employee related costs

 

 

 

625

 

6,596

 

6,963

 

Facility closure costs

 

 

 

 

19,666

 

 

Cash expenditures, net of sub-tenant rental income

 

(2,533

)

(12,731

)

(5,824

)

(111

)

(13,373

)

Liabilities discharged in bankruptcy

 

 

 

(14,155

))

 

 

Accrued restructuring liability at end of period

 

$

9,454

 

$

11,987

 

$

24,718

 

$

44,072

 

$

17,921

 

 

5.              VENTURES

 

Construction joint ventures

 

We participate in unconsolidated construction joint ventures that are formed to bid, negotiate and complete specific projects. The unconsolidated construction joint ventures are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets as investments in and advances to construction joint ventures accounted for under the equity method, and our proportionate share of revenue, cost of revenue and gross profit is included in our consolidated statements of operations. The size, scope and duration of joint-venture projects vary among periods. The tables below present the financial information of our unconsolidated construction joint ventures in which we do not hold a controlling interest but do exercise significant influence.

 

II-62



 

Combined financial position of

 

Successor Company

 

unconsolidated construction joint ventures

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Current assets

 

$

217,893

 

$

273,719

 

Property and equipment, net

 

3,785

 

8,194

 

Current liabilities

 

(165,284

)

(246,873

)

Net assets

 

$

56,394

 

$

35,040

 

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Combined results of operations of
unconsolidated construction joint ventures

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Revenue

 

$

702,648

 

$

596,965

 

$

43,751

 

$

42,632

 

$

557,209

 

Cost of revenue

 

(624,535

)

(574,175

)

(42,436

)

(40,563

)

(537,327

)

Gross profit

 

$

78,113

 

$

22,790

 

$

1,315

 

$

2,069

 

$

19,882

 

Washington Group International’s share of results of operations of unconsolidated construction joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

271,218

 

$

236,701

 

$

17,790

 

$

16,327

 

$

210,904

 

Cost of revenue

 

(239,881

)

(229,383

)

(17,387

)

(15,653

)

(205,871

)

Gross profit

 

$

31,337

 

$

7,318

 

$

403

 

$

674

 

$

5,033

 

 

Unconsolidated affiliates

 

At January 2, 2004, we held ownership interests in several unconsolidated affiliates that are accounted for under the equity method, the most significant of which are two incorporated mining ventures: MIBRAG mbH (50%) and Westmoreland Resources, Inc. (“Westmoreland Resources”) (20%). We provide consulting services to MIBRAG mbH and contract mining services to Westmoreland Resources. The tables below present the financial information of our unconsolidated affiliates in which we do not hold a controlling interest but do exercise significant influence.

 

Combined financial position of

 

Successor Company

 

unconsolidated affiliates

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Current assets

 

$

187,983

 

$

201,779

 

Property and equipment, net

 

520,107

 

450,604

 

Other non-current assets

 

698,817

 

538,880

 

Current liabilities

 

(87,306

)

(50,365

)

Long-term debt, non-recourse to parents

 

(274,697

)

(272,120

)

Other non-current liabilities

 

(739,741

)

(662,454

)

Net assets

 

$

305,163

 

$

206,324

 

 

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Combined results of operations of
unconsolidated affiliates

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30
2001

 

Revenue

 

$

447,386

 

$

296,335

 

$

28,403

 

$

25,465

 

$

315,261

 

Costs and expenses

 

(394,847

)

(240,358

)

(21,508

)

(22,827

)

(276,249

)

Net income

 

$

52,539

 

$

55,977

 

$

6,895

 

$

2,638

 

$

39,012

 

 

In the fourth quarter of 2002, MIBRAG mbH successfully negotiated amendments to the original agreement on transportation credit matters it had entered into with the German government in 1993. As a result of those negotiations, MIBRAG mbH recognized $13,000 in operating income, of which our portion was $6,500. In addition, MIBRAG mbH recognized a $12,000 one-time award of power cogeneration credits, of which our portion was $6,000. The negotiations also included a settlement agreement replacing annual payments to be received by MIBRAG mbH over approximately 19 years from the German government with a one-time, up-front

 

II-63



 

payment totaling approximately $383,000, which was recorded as deferred income in other non-current liabilities. MIBRAG mbH also capitalized approximately $392,000 as a non-current asset for coal transportation and mining rights acquired through the settlement agreement. Both the deferred revenue and the rights will be amortized over approximately 19 years.

 

6.              SALE OF BUSINESSES

 

In November 2001, we and BNFL agreed to pursue the sale of the Electro-Mechanical Division (“EMD”) of the Westinghouse Businesses. EMD designed and manufactured components for the U.S. Navy, nuclear power utilities and other industries. On October 28, 2002, we sold EMD to a subsidiary of Curtiss-Wright Corporation. Curtiss-Wright Corporation agreed to pay $80,000 in cash, subject to certain adjustments, and assumed certain liabilities, including pension and other post-retirement obligations. Cash proceeds, net of a required contribution to the pension plan assumed by Curtiss-Wright Corporation were $77,133 and were distributed 60:40 between us and BNFL. We recognized $46,280 in net cash proceeds and a $3,420 gain ($1,145 net of tax and minority interest) on the sale of EMD, which was reflected as other operating income in 2002. Operating results for EMD are included as part of the Energy & Environment business unit in Note 12, “Operating Segment, Geographic and Customer Information” through the date of the sale.

 

On April 18, 2003, we sold the process technology development portion of our petroleum and chemical business (the “Technology Center”) for $17,700, subject to certain adjustments, and recognized a gain of $4,946 on the sale reflected as other operating income in 2003. Operating results for the Technology Center are included as part of the “Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs” in Note 12, “Operating Segment, Geographic and Customer Information” through the date of the sale.

 

Operating results of the Technology Center and EMD included in our consolidated results of operations for periods prior to the sales are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30

2001

 

Revenue

 

$

9,989

 

$

150,086

 

$

17,088

 

$

16,413

 

$

171,876

 

Net income (loss)

 

(590

)

7,333

 

960

 

22

 

(231

)

 

For financial reporting purposes, the assets and liabilities of the Technology Center were classified as “Assets held for sale” and “Liabilities related to assets held for sale” in the accompanying January 3, 2003 Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

7.                                      GOODWILL

 

The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill from December 28, 2001 to January 2, 2004. During the month ended February 1, 2002, we eliminated Predecessor Company goodwill in fresh-start reporting and established goodwill of the Successor Company. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.” During the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 and the year ended January 4, 2004, we reduced goodwill as a result of amortization of the excess of tax deductible goodwill over financial reporting goodwill in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.

 

II-64



 

Goodwill activity by
reporting segment

 

Power

 

Industrial/
Process

 

Infrastructure

 

Mining

 

Defense

 

Energy &
Environment

 

Corporate
and other

 


Total

 

Balance at December 28, 2001

 

$

 

$

 

$

721

 

$

 

$

 

$

160,165

 

$

14,023

 

$

174,909

 

Elimination of Predecessor Company goodwill

 

 

 

(721

)

 

 

(160,165

)

(14,023

)

(174,909

)

Establishment of Successor Company goodwill in fresh- start reporting

 

6,846

 

118,888

 

52,539

 

 

44,444

 

179,635

 

 

402,352

 

Balance at February 1, 2002

 

6,846

 

118,888

 

52,539

 

 

44,444

 

179,635

 

 

402,352

 

Adjustment for amortization of the excess tax deductible goodwill over financial reporting goodwill

 

(460

)

(6,811

)

(3,531

)

 

(2,987

)

(1,309

)

 

(15,098

)

Balance at January 3, 2003

 

6,386

 

112,077

 

49,008

 

 

41,457

 

178,326

 

 

387,254

 

Reorganization of reporting structure

 

1,695

 

(9,658

)

7,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment for amortization of the excess tax deductible goodwill over financial reporting goodwill and other adjustments

 

(834

)

(12,338

)

(6,397

)

 

(5,412

)

(2,370

)

 

(27,351

)

Balance at January 2, 2004

 

$

7,247

 

$

90,081

 

$

50,574

 

$

 

$

36,045

 

$

175,956

 

$

 

$

359,903

 

 

Prior to January 3, 2003, an open-shop subsidiary was assigned to the Industrial/Process reporting segment. During 2003, the subsidiary was assigned to the Power, Industrial/Process and Infrastructure reporting segments because of a change in segments to which the subsidiary was providing service. Goodwill was therefore reallocated between the reporting segments in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment test for all of our reporting segments as of October 31, in conjunction with our annual budgeting and forecasting process. There was no goodwill identified for impairment during our annual review of goodwill for the year ended January 2, 2004 and the eleven months ended January 3, 2003.

 

8.              CREDIT FACILITIES

 

On July 7, 2000, in order to finance the acquisition of RE&C, to refinance existing revolving credit facilities, to fund working capital requirements and to pay related fees and expenses, we (1) obtained the RE&C Financing Facilities, providing for an aggregate of $1,000,000 of term loans and revolving borrowing capacity and (2) issued and sold $300,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Unsecured Notes. The terms of the RE&C Financing Facilities and Senior Unsecured Notes are briefly summarized below.

 

RE&C Financing Facilities

 

The RE&C Financing Facilities provided for, on the terms and subject to the conditions stated in the RE&C Financing Facilities: (1) two senior secured term loan facilities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000, including a multi-draw Tranche A term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 that matured July 7, 2005 and a Tranche B term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000 that matured July 7, 2007, and (2) a five-year senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000, all of which was available for letters of credit. Initial borrowings under the RE&C Financing Facilities totaled $400,000, representing the full amount available under the Tranche B term loan facility. On October 5, 2000, we terminated the Tranche A term loan facility to eliminate ongoing related commitment fees.

 

II-65



 

Senior Unsecured Notes

 

The Senior Unsecured Notes were unsecured senior obligations that were to mature on July 1, 2010. The Senior Unsecured Notes accrued interest at a rate of 11% per annum through September 20, 2000, and were then adjusted to 11.5% per annum. They were scheduled to continue at that rate until we fully complied with the registration requirements of a registration rights agreement, subject to a further increase in interest rate of 0.5% per annum from and after December 20, 2000, until the registration process was completed. The Senior Unsecured Notes ranked equally with our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The Senior Unsecured Notes effectively ranked junior to all of our secured indebtedness and to all liabilities of our subsidiaries that were not guarantors of the Senior Unsecured Notes.

 

Bankruptcy discharge

 

As discussed in Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting,” our obligations under the RE&C Financing Facilities and the Senior Unsecured Notes were discharged upon our emergence from bankruptcy on January 25, 2002.

 

DIP Facility

 

On May 14, 2001, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. See Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting.” On the same day, we entered into the DIP Facility with some of our subsidiaries as guarantors, for a commitment of $195,000 with the ability to increase the total commitment to $350,000. On June 5, 2001 the DIP Facility lenders approved an increase in the total commitment from $195,000 to $220,000. The DIP Facility was to be used (1) to finance the costs of restructuring and (2) for ongoing working capital, general corporate purposes and letter of credit issuance. The borrowing rate under the DIP Facility was the prime rate, plus an additional margin of 4.0%. The effective interest rate was 11.0% as of May 2001. The DIP Facility carried other fees, including commitment fees and letter of credit fees, normal and customary for such credit agreements. As of January 24, 2002, we had no outstanding debt and $32,800 of outstanding letters of credit under the DIP Facility. As discussed below, the DIP Facility was replaced by the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility on January 25, 2002.

 

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

 

In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy protection on January 25, 2002, we entered into a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) providing for an aggregate of $350,000 of revolving borrowing and letter of credit capacity, of which the borrowing capacity was limited to $200,000. The Credit Facility provided for an amount up to $350,000 in the aggregate of loans and other financial accommodations allocated pro rata between two facilities as follows: a Tranche A facility in the amount of $208,350 and a Tranche B facility in the amount of $141,650. The scheduled termination date for the Credit Facility was July 24, 2004.

 

Borrowings under the Credit Facility were required to be allocated between the two tranches on a proportional split based upon the size of each tranche. The borrowing rate under the Credit Facility was, for Tranche A, the applicable LIBOR, which had a stated floor of 3%, plus an additional margin of 5.5%, and for Tranche B, LIBOR plus an additional margin of 5.5%. The Credit Facility carried other fees, including commitment fees and letter of credit fees, normal and customary for such credit agreements. The Credit Facility contained affirmative, negative and financial covenants, including minimum net worth, capital expenditures, maintenance of certain financial and operating ratios, and specified events of default which are typical for a credit agreement governing credit facilities of the size, type and tenor of the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also contained affirmative and negative covenants limiting our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to incur debt or liens, provide guarantees, make investments and pay any dividends. At January 3, 2003, $169,011 in face amount of letters of credit were issued and outstanding, and no amounts borrowed were outstanding under the Credit Facility. On October 9, 2003, we replaced the Credit Facility with a New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (“New Credit Facility”). As a result of the refinancing, a pre-tax charge to income of $9,831 was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003 associated with the unamortized balance of the financing fees of the Credit Facility.

 

II-66



 

New Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

 

The New Credit Facility provides for an amount up to $350,000 in the aggregate of loans and other financial accommodations allocated pro rata between two facilities as follows: a Tranche A facility in the amount of $115,000 and a Tranche B facility in the amount of $235,000. The scheduled termination date for the New Credit Facility is October 9, 2007. Borrowings under the New Credit Facility are required to be allocated between the two tranches on a proportional basis, based upon the size of each tranche. The borrowing rate for Tranche A and Tranche B is LIBOR, which has a stated floor of 2%, plus an additional margin of 3.75%. As of January 2, 2004, the effective rate was 5.75%. The New Credit Facility also provides for other fees, including commitment and letter of credit fees, normal and customary for such credit agreements. The New Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring the maintenance of certain financial and operating ratios, and specified events of default which are typical for a credit agreement governing credit facilities of this size, type and tenor. While not as restrictive as the Credit Facility, the New Credit Facility also contains affirmative and negative covenants which continue to limit our ability and the ability of certain subsidiaries to incur debt or liens, provide guarantees, make investments and pay dividends. At January 2, 2004, approximately $141,417 of letters of credit were issued and outstanding, and no borrowings were outstanding under the New Credit Facility. The New Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of Washington Group International and our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. Financing fees of approximately $11,500 incurred in connection with the New Credit Facility have been capitalized and are being amortized over the 48-month term of the facility.

 

9.              TAXES ON INCOME

 

The components of the U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,

2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,

2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,

2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,

2001

 

Year ended
November 30,

2001

 

Currently payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal

 

$

684

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

State

 

1,247

 

1,660

 

(129

)

20

 

649

 

Foreign

 

4,927

 

4,158

 

361

 

899

 

4,967

 

Total current expense

 

6,858

 

5,818

 

232

 

919

 

5,616

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal

 

34,605

 

36,107

 

(19,178

)

(13,173

)

(23,917

)

State

 

4,175

 

3,900

 

(1,246

)

(2,467

)

(8,728

)

Foreign

 

1,250

 

392

 

114

 

(186

)

264

 

Total deferred expense (benefit)

 

40,030

 

40,399

 

(20,310

)

(15,826

)

(32,381

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

46,888

 

$

46,217

 

$

(20,078

)

$

(14,907

)

$

(26,765

)

 

II-67


The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related valuation allowances were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

4,557

 

$

26,204

 

Compensation and benefits

 

45,915

 

37,637

 

Depreciation

 

 

298

 

Provision for losses

 

42,279

 

50,694

 

Joint ventures

 

9,065

 

9,097

 

Revenue recognition

 

3,343

 

 

Self-insurance reserves

 

28,790

 

34,336

 

Alternative minimum tax

 

16,796

 

 

Foreign tax credit

 

16,462

 

12,210

 

Net operating loss carryovers

 

150,393

 

48,512

 

Valuation allowance

 

(144,582

)

(48,512

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

173,018

 

170,476

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(1,493

)

 

Investment in affiliates

 

(38,670

)

(21,382

)

Revenue recognition

 

 

(6,804

)

Other, net

 

(16,891

)

(16,848

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(57,054

)

(45,034

)

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

$

115,964

 

$

125,442

 

 

During the third quarter of 2003, we completed an analysis of the tax laws applicable to the cancellation of debt under our bankruptcy proceedings resulting in adjustments to deferred income taxes for the year ended January 2, 2004. The following adjustments to deferred taxes have been recorded:

 

                  Net operating loss (“NOL”) carryovers have been increased by $278,704, resulting in a deferred tax asset of $108,778. A valuation allowance of  $91,834 has been established against this deferred tax asset.

 

                  Alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credit carryovers increased by $16,112, resulting in a deferred tax asset of $16,112.

 

                  The tax basis in depreciable assets was reduced by $37,187, resulting in a deferred tax liability of $13,016.

 

As of January 2, 2004, we have remaining tax goodwill of $59,690 resulting from the acquisition of the Westinghouse Businesses and $634,493 resulting from the acquisition of RE&C.  The amortization of this tax goodwill is deductible over remaining periods of 10.2 and 11.5 years, respectively, resulting in annual tax deductions of $61,045, net of minority interest. At January 2, 2004, we had federal NOL carryovers of $248,002, most of which is subject to an annual limitation of $26,510. The federal NOL carryovers expire in years 2019 through 2022. We also had foreign NOL carryovers of $175,233, most of which are not subject to expiration. The foreign NOL carryovers primarily consist of losses incurred on two construction projects in the United Kingdom which were acquired as part of the RE&C acquisition. We also had $16,462 of foreign tax credits which currently have no expiration date.

 

The $144,582 valuation allowance reduces the deferred tax assets associated with the NOL carryovers to a level which we believe will, more likely than not, be realized based on estimated future taxable income.  As the NOL is used against taxable income or the valuation allowance is no longer considered necessary, the valuation

 

II-68



 

allowance will be reduced, substantially all of which will result in a corresponding reduction to financial statement goodwill.

 

Years prior to 1994 are closed to examination for federal tax purposes. We believe that adequate provision has been made for probable tax assessments for all open tax years.

 

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Federal tax rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State tax, net of federal benefit

 

3.2

 

3.5

 

2.8

 

3.9

 

5.5

 

Nondeductible items

 

2.8

 

3.0

 

.4

 

(3.1

)

(14.4

)

Foreign tax

 

1.3

 

2.7

 

 

 

(1.3

)

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

.7

 

3.0

 

Effective tax rate

 

42.3

%

44.2

%

38.2

%

36.5

%

27.8

%

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit, include the impact of the cumulative effect of the state tax rate changes caused by changes in our state apportionment factors that had a corresponding impact on our deferred state tax assets and liabilities. Foreign taxes include a benefit for current year losses in certain foreign jurisdictions. A full valuation allowance has been placed against the resulting foreign NOL’s. Nondeductible items were principally comprised of nondeductible reorganization expenses, net of previously capitalized expenses from an earlier reorganization, and the nondeductible portion of meals and entertainment expenses.

 

Income (loss) before reorganization items, income taxes, minority interests and extraordinary item is comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

U.S. source

 

$

46,018

 

$

60,059

 

$

4,648

 

$

(35,485

)

$

(156,471

)

Foreign source

 

69,741

 

47,617

 

3,420

 

2,760

 

116,737

 

Income (loss) before reorganization items, income taxes, minority interests and extraordinary item

 

$

115,759

 

$

107,676

 

$

8,068

 

$

(32,725

)

$

(39,734

)

 

10.  BENEFIT PLANS

 

Pension plans and supplemental retirement plans

 

Through an acquisition in 1999, we assumed sponsorship of contributory defined benefit pension plans which cover employees of the Westinghouse Businesses. We make actuarially computed liability calculations for financial reporting purposes and make contributions as necessary to adequately fund benefits for these plans. Plan assets are invested in master pension trusts for the Westinghouse Businesses that invest primarily in publicly traded common stocks, bonds, government securities and cash equivalents.

 

We have an unfunded supplemental retirement plan for key executives of the Westinghouse Businesses providing for periodic payments upon retirement. Benefits from this plan are based on salary and years of service

 

II-69



 

and are reduced by benefits earned from certain other pension plans in which the executives participate. Benefits from this plan were frozen effective July 1, 2001, resulting in a curtailment gain of $4,382.

 

We have assumed the nonqualified pension liabilities for approximately 60 employees and former employees of Old MK. In addition, we have an unfunded pension liability for former non-employee directors of Old MK. Participants do not accrue any service costs under the plans.

 

We use an October 31 measurement date for all pension plans, except for one plan which uses a December 31 measurement date. Reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets and the funded status of the pension plans are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Change in benefit obligations

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Benefit obligations at beginning of period

 

$

62,619

 

$

161,738

 

Service cost

 

3,367

 

4,503

 

Interest cost

 

4,091

 

9,111

 

Participant contributions

 

447

 

841

 

Benefit payments

 

(3,627

)

(7,548

)

Actuarial loss

 

5,310

 

9,478

 

Divestiture – sale of EMD

 

 

(115,504

)

Benefit obligations at end of period

 

$

72,207

 

$

62,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

$

9,620

 

$

92,137

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

2,480

 

(10,000

)

Company contributions

 

6,130

 

6,922

 

Participant contributions

 

447

 

841

 

Benefit payments

 

(3,627

)

(7,548

)

Divestiture – sale of EMD

 

(445

)

(72,732

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

$

14,605

 

$

9,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status (obligations less fair value of plan assets)

 

$

(57,602

)

$

(52,999

)

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

7,915

 

3,078

 

Accrued benefit cost

 

(49,687

)

(49,921

)

Contributions made after the measurement date

 

507

 

1,275

 

Accrued benefit cost at end of period

 

$

(49,180

)

$

(48,646

)

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet for the pension plans are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

$

(53,227

)

$

(49,907

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

2,881

 

992

 

Minority interest in other comprehensive loss

 

1,166

 

269

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

(49,180

)

$

(48,646

)

 

We expect to contribute $8,593 to our pension plans in 2004. At January 2, 2004, the benefit obligation for each pension benefit plan disclosed above exceeded the fair value of plan assets.

 

II-70



 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $67,365 and $59,138 at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

The components of net pension costs for the plans are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Components of net pension costs

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Service cost

 

$

3,367

 

$

4,503

 

$

369

 

$

369

 

$

4,717

 

Interest cost

 

4,091

 

9,111

 

854

 

854

 

11,369

 

Expected return on assets

 

(923

)

(6,214

)

(600

)

(600

)

(7,947

)

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

125

 

11

 

13

 

13

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Net periodic pension costs

 

$

6,660

 

$

7,411

 

$

636

 

$

636

 

$

8,160

 

 

The actuarial assumptions used to determine pension benefit obligations for the plans are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Discount rate

 

6.3

%

6.8

%

Compensation increases

 

4.0

 

4.0

 

Expected return on assets

 

8.0

 

9.0

 

 

Experience gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions, are amortized over the average future service period of employees.

 

To determine the overall expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluate the following: (i) expectations of investment performance based on the specific investment policies and strategy for each class of plan assets, (ii) historical rates of return for each significant category of plan assets and (iii) other relevant market and company specific factors we believe have historically impacted long-term rates of return. The decrease in 2003 to an expected 8.0% rate of return from the 2002 expected 9.0% rate of return is based on lower actual rates of return experienced during the last two years, as well as a decrease in expectations of performance for our classes of plan assets.

 

Separate investment committees manage the assets of the two master trusts, which hold the plan assets. In accordance with the investment guidelines, the assets of the funds are invested in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). The investments are made solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the participants and their beneficiaries. The asset allocation targets for these two master trusts are approximately 60 percent in equities and 40 percent in fixed income securities. Actual allocation percentages will vary from the target percentages based on short-term fluctuations in cash flows and market fluctuations.

 

The pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are:

 

Asset category

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

U.S. equity securities

 

55

%

38

%

Fixed income debt securities

 

36

 

29

 

Non-U.S. equity securities

 

6

 

6

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

3

 

27

 

 

II-71



Post-retirement health care plans

 

We are the sponsors of an unfunded plan to provide certain health care benefits for employees of Old MK who retired before July 1, 1993, including their surviving spouses and dependent children. Employees who retired after July 1, 1993 are not eligible for subsidized post-retirement health care benefits. The plan was amended in past years, and we reserve the right to amend or terminate the post-retirement health care benefits currently provided under the plan and may increase retirees’ cash contributions at any time.

 

We provide benefits under company sponsored retiree health care and life insurance plans for substantially all employees of the Westinghouse Businesses. We also provide benefits under company sponsored retiree health care plans to approximately 60 retired employees and provide a life insurance plan for substantially all retirees of RE&C. The retiree health care plans require retiree contributions and contain other cost sharing features. The retiree life insurance plan provides basic coverage on a noncontributory basis.

 

We use an October 31 measurement date for our post-retirement health care plans.

 

Reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of post-retirement benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets and the funded status are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Change in post-retirement benefit obligations

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Benefit obligations at beginning of period

 

$

48,179

 

$

77,395

 

Service cost

 

889

 

1,216

 

Interest cost

 

3,119

 

4,623

 

Participant contributions

 

1,244

 

1,066

 

Benefit payments

 

(5,688

)

(7,131

)

Actuarial loss

 

7,147

 

4,449

 

Divestiture – sale of EMD

 

 

(33,439

)

Benefit obligations at end of period

 

$

54,890

 

$

48,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

$

 

$

 

Company contributions

 

4,444

 

6,065

 

Participant contributions

 

1,244

 

1,066

 

Benefit payments

 

(5,688

)

(7,131

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status (obligations less fair value of plan assets)

 

$

(54,890

)

$

(48,179

)

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

8,464

 

1,056

 

Accrued benefit cost

 

(46,426

)

(47,123

)

Contributions made after the measurement date

 

577

 

1,161

 

Accrued benefit cost at end of period

 

$

(45,849

)

$

(45,962

)

 

As of January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, the accrued benefit liabilities recognized in the balance sheet for the postretirement health care plans are $(45,849) and $(45,962), respectively.

 

We expect to contribute $3,997 to our post-retirement plans in 2004.

 

II-72



 

The components of net post-retirement costs are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Components of net
post-retirement costs

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Service cost

 

$

889

 

$

1,216

 

$

25

 

$

25

 

$

701

 

Interest cost

 

3,119

 

4,623

 

292

 

292

 

5,523

 

Recognized net actuarial gain

 

 

 

(31

)

(30

)

 

Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

 

(32

)

(33

)

(2,087

)

Settlement

 

 

 

 

 

(391

)

Net post-retirement costs

 

$

4,008

 

$

5,839

 

$

254

 

$

254

 

$

3,746

 

 

The actuarial assumptions used to determine post-retirement benefit obligations are as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Discount rate

 

6.3

%

6.8

%

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

9.6

%

11.5

%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

 

5.5

%

5.5

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

2006

 

2006

 

 

Experience gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions, are amortized over the average future service period of employees.

 

The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. The effect of a 1% change in this assumption would be as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Post-retirement benefits

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

Effect on total of service and interest cost

 

 

 

 

 

1% point increase

 

$

433

 

$

697

 

1% point decrease

 

(338

)

(550

)

Effect on accumulated projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

1% point increase

 

4,367

 

3,667

 

1% point decrease

 

(3,618

)

(3,068

)

 

Deferred compensation plans

 

We provide nonqualified plans for executives. We have a deferred compensation plan which allows for deferral of salary and incentive compensation beyond amounts allowed under our 401(k) plan and a restoration plan that provides matching contributions on compensation not eligible for matching contributions under our 401(k) plan. As of January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, the accrued benefit amounts are $5,014 and $1,584, respectively, and are included in pension, post-retirement and other benefit obligations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

II-73



 

Other retirement plans

 

We sponsor a number of defined contribution retirement plans. Participation in these plans is available to substantially all salaried employees and to certain groups of hourly employees. Our cash contributions to these plans are based on either a percentage of employee contributions or on a specified amount per hour depending on the provisions of each plan. The net cost of these plans was $28,915 for the year ended January 2, 2004, $29,643 in the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, $2,557 for the month ended February 1, 2002, $2,631 for the month ended December 28, 2001 and $36,368 for the year ended November 30, 2001.

 

Multiemployer pension plans

 

We participate in and make contributions to numerous construction-industry multiemployer pension plans. Generally, the plans provide defined benefits to substantially all employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, a contributor to a multiemployer plan is liable, upon termination or withdrawal from a plan, for its proportionate share of a plan’s unfunded vested liability. We currently have no intention of withdrawing from any of the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate. The net cost of these plans was $51,566 in the year ended January 2, 2004, $89,242 in the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, $6,479 for the month ended February 1, 2002, $5,710 for the month ended December 28, 2001, and $42,452 in 2001. During the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, the net cost of the multiemployer pension plans included cost incurred by us on several large projects performed under the Raytheon Settlement which were funded on a cost reimbursable basis. Such costs decreased during the year ended January 2, 2004, as the projects were substantially completed.

 

11.  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

 

We purchased goods and services from companies owned by the chairman of our board of directors as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

25

 

$

258

 

$

17

 

$

55

 

$

299

 

Lease and maintenance of corporate aircraft

 

1,875

 

1,934

 

149

 

199

 

3,370

 

Parts, rentals, overhauls and repairs

 

1,242

 

731

 

111

 

17

 

1,436

 

Administrative support services

 

3

 

21

 

 

9

 

250

 

 

We mined and sold ballast used in railroad beds and realized gains on sales of equipment to affiliates of the chairman of our board of directors as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Ballast sales

 

$

667

 

$

2,383

 

$

8

 

$

 

$

1,931

 

Sale of construction equipment

 

2

 

 

 

 

630

 

Gain on sales of equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

314

 

 

Insurance, surety bonds, financial advisory services and construction materials were purchased by us from firms owned by or affiliated with persons who were members of our board of directors at the time of purchase as follows:

 

II-74



 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Insurance premiums paid, net

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

17,333

 

Insurance fees

 

 

 

 

 

1,048

 

Financial advisory services

 

 

 

700

 

 

536

 

Construction materials

 

203

 

1,879

 

 

 

 

 

From time to time, we engaged Relational Advisors LLC, an investment advisory and consulting firm formerly known as Batchelder & Partners, Inc. (“BPI”), of which a principal of the firm is a member of our board of directors, to act as our financial advisor pursuant to written engagement agreements. In March 2001, we entered into an agreement with BPI pursuant to which we were to pay a monthly retainer of $100; however, retainer fees subsequent to our entering into Chapter 11 reorganization on May 14, 2001 were not paid. Under our Plan of Reorganization, the agreement was assumed and retainer fees were brought current after the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization. With our consent and the consent of BPI, all retainer agreements between the two parties expired on the Effective Date.

 

12.  OPERATING SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC AND CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

We operate through six business units, each of which comprises a separate reportable business segment: Power, Infrastructure, Mining, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment. The reportable segments are separately managed, serve different markets and customers and differ in their expertise, technology and resources necessary to perform their services.

 

Power provides engineering, construction and operations and maintenance services in both nuclear and fossil power markets for turnkey new power plant construction, plant expansion, retrofit and modification, decontamination and decommissioning, general planning, siting and licensing and environmental permitting.

 

Infrastructure provides diverse engineering and construction and construction management services for highways and bridges, airports and seaports, tunnels and tube tunnels, railroad and transit lines, water storage and transport, water treatment, site development and hydroelectric facilities. The business unit generally performs as a general contractor or as a joint venture partner with other contractors on domestic and international projects.

 

Mining provides contract-mining, engineering, resource evaluation, geologic modeling, mine planning, simulation modeling, equipment selection, production scheduling and operations management to coal, industrial minerals and metals markets.

 

Industrial/Process provides engineering, design, procurement, construction services and total facilities management for general manufacturing, pharmaceutical and biotechnology, metals processing, institutional buildings, food and consumer products, automotive, aerospace, telecommunications and pulp and paper industries.

 

Defense provides a complete range of technical services to the U.S. Department of Defense, including operations and management services, environmental and chemical demilitarization services, waste handling and storage, architectural engineering services and engineering, procurement and construction services for the armed forces.

 

Energy & Environment provides services to the U.S. Department of Energy, which is responsible for maintaining the nation’s nuclear weapons stockpile and performing environmental cleanup and remediation. The business unit also provides the U.S. government with construction, contract management, supply chain management, quality assurance, administration and environmental cleanup and restoration services. Energy &

 

II-75



 

Environment also provides safety management consulting and waste and environmental technology and engineered products, including radioactive waste containers and technical support services.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We evaluate performance and allocate resources based on segment assets, gross profit and equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates. Segment operating income is total segment revenue reduced by segment cost of revenue, goodwill amortization, integration and merger costs, restructuring costs and other operating income.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

511,788

 

$

920,068

 

$

85,551

 

$

67,487

 

$

839,434

 

Infrastructure

 

575,284

 

692,107

 

79,924

 

71,784

 

940,334

 

Mining

 

84,150

 

63,227

 

5,326

 

4,172

 

92,237

 

Industrial/Process

 

458,184

 

574,468

 

64,271

 

65,730

 

957,156

 

Defense

 

506,092

 

494,981

 

62,107

 

56,358

 

582,447

 

Energy & Environment

 

368,217

 

560,355

 

50,357

 

41,544

 

598,180

 

Intersegment, eliminations and other

 

(2,564

)

6,408

 

2,376

 

1,214

 

31,827

 

Total revenues

 

$

2,501,151

 

$

3,311,614

 

$

349,912

 

$

308,289

 

$

4,041,615

 

Gross profit (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

38,045

 

$

23,886

 

$

199

 

$

1,049

 

$

(8,136

)

Infrastructure

 

30,915

 

14,758

 

3,028

 

3,355

 

24,468

 

Mining

 

4,581

 

1,805

 

100

 

(624

)

9,909

 

Industrial/Process

 

5,944

 

3,536

 

631

 

(1,984

)

(3,462

)

Defense

 

49,852

 

42,140

 

1,956

 

1,977

 

28,119

 

Energy & Environment

 

67,471

 

74,411

 

5,568

 

325

 

68,496

 

Intersegment and other unallocated operating costs

 

(20,459

)

(11,500

)

(362

)

(3,896

)

(21,699

)

Total gross profit

 

$

176,349

 

$

149,036

 

$

11,120

 

$

202

 

$

97,695

 

Equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

417

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Infrastructure

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mining

 

25,740

 

27,342

 

3,109

 

1,258

 

17,890

 

Industrial/Process

 

1,242

 

 

 

 

 

Defense

 

 

 

 

 

 

Energy & Environment

 

(1,880

)

 

 

 

 

Intersegment, and other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity in income of unconsolidated affiliates

 

$

25,519

 

$

27,342

 

$

3,109

 

$

1,258

 

$

17,890

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Power

 

$

39,003

 

$

23,886

 

$

199

 

$

(6,755

)

$

(8,273

)

Infrastructure

 

30,374

 

14,758

 

3,028

 

2,334

 

24,430

 

Mining

 

33,521

 

29,147

 

3,209

 

611

 

27,528

 

Industrial/Process

 

7,186

 

3,536

 

631

 

(13,961

)

(6,274

)

Defense

 

49,852

 

42,140

 

1,956

 

1,928

 

28,061

 

Energy & Environment

 

67,106

 

77,831

 

5,568

 

(4,906

)

54,772

 

Intersegment and other unallocated operating income and costs

 

(18,992

)

(11,500

)

(987

)

(5,606

)

(45,115

)

General and administrative expenses, corporate

 

(57,520

)

(48,138

)

(4,180

)

(5,443

)

(56,878

)

Total operating income (loss)

 

$

150,530

 

$

131,660

 

$

9,424

 

$

(31,798

)

$

18,251

 

 

II-76



 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Assets as of

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003 (a)

 

Power

 

$

48,169

 

$

54,377

 

Infrastructure

 

249,727

 

312,471

 

Mining

 

178,690

 

133,998

 

Industrial/Process

 

177,324

 

228,777

 

Defense

 

125,369

 

110,306

 

Energy & Environment

 

264,529

 

284,129

 

Corporate and other (b)

 

366,715

 

291,306

 

Total assets

 

$

1,410,523

 

$

1,415,364

 

 


(a)          Beginning in the year ended January 3, 2003, our management evaluated our business units on a basis that included the allocation of goodwill to each business unit. Assets as of January 3, 2003 are restated for comparability and to conform to the current year presentation.

 

(b)         Corporate and other assets principally consist of cash and cash equivalents and deferred tax assets.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Capital expenditures

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Power

 

$

34

 

$

269

 

$

15

 

$

57

 

$

229

 

Infrastructure

 

3,651

 

3,424

 

296

 

361

 

15,460

 

Mining

 

3,715

 

2,972

 

58

 

372

 

2,574

 

Industrial/Process

 

571

 

3,286

 

657

 

320

 

1,199

 

Defense

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

Energy & Environment

 

403

 

5,321

 

1,474

 

156

 

12,024

 

Corporate and other

 

3,839

 

7,572

 

1,403

 

 

5,532

 

Total capital expenditures

 

$

12,213

 

$

22,957

 

$

3,903

 

$

1,266

 

$

37,018

 

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Depreciation and goodwill amortization

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001 (a)

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001 (a)

 

Power

 

$

149

 

$

137

 

$

12

 

$

279

 

$

2,947

 

Infrastructure

 

15,461

 

34,505

 

2,971

 

3,272

 

42,650

 

Mining

 

6,314

 

6,269

 

586

 

583

 

6,048

 

Industrial/Process

 

1,962

 

2,780

 

270

 

664

 

5,593

 

Defense

 

103

 

137

 

14

 

14

 

38

 

Energy & Environment

 

873

 

1,214

 

172

 

1,375

 

21,197

 

Corporate and other

 

6,507

 

5,700

 

1,587

 

658

 

10,559

 

Total depreciation and goodwill amortization

 

$

31,369

 

$

50,742

 

$

5,612

 

$

6,845

 

$

89,032

 

 


(a)   Includes goodwill amortization of $1,553 and $14,635 for the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001, respectively.

 

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

 

At January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, we had $145,144 and $99,356, respectively, in investments accounted for by the equity method. These investments were held and reported primarily as part of the Mining business unit.

 

II-77



 

Geographic areas

 

Geographic data regarding our revenue is shown below. Geographical disclosures of long-lived assets are impracticable to prepare.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

Geographic data

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

2,259,826

 

$

3,044,201

 

$

321,885

 

$

271,152

 

$

3,416,522

 

International

 

241,325

 

267,413

 

28,027

 

37,137

 

625,093

 

Total revenue

 

$

2,501,151

 

$

3,311,614

 

$

349,912

 

$

308,289

 

$

4,041,615

 

 

Revenue from international operations in all periods presented was in numerous geographic areas without significant concentration.

 

Major customers

 

Ten percent or more of our total revenues were derived from contracts and subcontracts performed by the Power, Infrastructure, Industrial/Process, Defense and Energy & Environment business units to the following customers for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

U.S. Department of Energy

 

$

340,027

 

$

315,687

 

$

26,938

 

$

17,726

 

$

398,300

 

U.S. Department of Defense

 

605,942

 

748,656

 

84,745

 

77,380

 

813,606

 

Raytheon Company

 

129,296

 

513,247

 

44,058

 

31,024

 

42,540

 

 

13.  CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

 

Contract related matters

 

We have contracts with the U.S. government, the allowable costs of which are subject to adjustments upon audit and negotiation by various agencies of the U.S. government. Audits by the U.S. government and negotiations of indirect costs are substantially complete through 2000. Audits by the U.S. government of 2001 indirect costs are in progress. We are also in the process of preparing cost impact statements as required under U.S. Cost Accounting Standards for 1999 through 2003, which are subject to audit by the U.S. government and negotiation. We have also prepared and submitted to the government cost impact statements for 1989 through 1998 for which we believe no adjustments are necessary. We believe that the results of the indirect costs audits and negotiations and the cost impact statements will not result in a material change to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Letters of credit

 

In the normal course of business, we cause letters of credit to be issued in connection with contract performance obligations that are not required to be reflected in the balance sheet. We are obligated to reimburse the issuer of such letters of credit for any payments made thereunder. At January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, $175,417 and $207,110, respectively, in face amount of letters of credit were outstanding. We have pledged cash and cash equivalents as collateral for our reimbursement obligations with respect to $34,000 in face amount of specified letters of credit that were outstanding at January 2, 2004 not related to the New Credit Facility. At

 

II-78



 

January 2, 2004, $141,417 of the outstanding letters of credit were issued under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Long-term leases

 

Total rental and long-term lease payments for real estate and equipment charged to operations were $51,724 for the year ended January 2, 2004, $53,488 in the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, $5,235 for the month ended February 1, 2002, $6,352 for the month ended December 28, 2001 and $74,718 for the year ended November 30, 2001. Future minimum rental payments under operating leases, some of which contain renewal or escalation clauses, with remaining noncancelable terms in excess of one year at January 2, 2004 were as follows:

 

Year ending

 

Real estate

 

Equipment

 

Total

 

December 31, 2004

 

$

29,397

 

$

5,967

 

$

35,364

 

December 30, 2005

 

26,440

 

3,527

 

29,967

 

December 29, 2006

 

24,698

 

2,673

 

27,371

 

December 28, 2007

 

16,676

 

2,014

 

18,690

 

January 2, 2009

 

6,559

 

56

 

6,615

 

Thereafter

 

11,171

 

3

 

11,174

 

Totals

 

$

114,941

 

$

14,240

 

$

129,181

 

 

Guarantees

 

We have guaranteed the indemnity obligations of the Westinghouse Businesses relating to the sale of EMD to Curtiss-Wright Corporation for the potential occurrence of specified events, including breaches of representations and warranties and/or failure to perform certain covenants or agreements. Generally, the indemnification provisions expire within three years and are capped at $20,000. In addition, the indemnity provisions relating to environmental conditions obligate the Westinghouse Businesses to pay Curtiss-Wright Corporation up to a maximum $3,500 for environmental losses they incur over $5,000. The Westinghouse Businesses are also responsible for environmental losses that exceed $1,300 related to a specified parcel of the sold property. If the Westinghouse Businesses are unable to perform their indemnity obligations, BNFL has agreed to indemnify us for 40% of losses we incur as a result of our guarantee. We believe that the indemnification provisions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Other

 

Some current and former officers, employees and directors of Washington Group International were named defendants in an action filed in 1997 by two former participants in the Old MK 401(k) Plan and the Old MK Employee Stock Ownership Plan in the U.S. District Court for the District of Idaho. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants breached certain fiduciary duties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). In October 2003, an agreement in principle was reached to settle the matter. The settlement will include contributions from insurance carriers, the two trustees and Washington Group International. In addition, the plaintiffs’ claim in our reorganization case will be allowed and plaintiffs will be entitled to participate in the distribution of shares of common stock and warrants to unsecured creditors. The settlement is subject to approval by the trial court in which the class action is pending and has been approved by the bankruptcy court which presides over our reorganization case. A charge of $3,480 for settlement costs and legal expenses related to this matter was included in other operating income (expense) in the year ended January 2, 2004.

 

In 1998, Washington Infrastructure, Inc., formerly known as Raytheon Infrastructure, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary from the acquisition of RE&C, contracted with the School Construction Authority of the City of New York (the “Authority”) to provide construction management and inspection services in connection with the construction of a new school facility. The Authority brought suit against the prime contractor to correct deficiencies in materials and/or workmanship. The prime contractor agreed to perform rework and absorb the cost

 

II-79



 

of approximately $4,500 to end the dispute with the Authority. As part of the settlement, the Authority also agreed to assign to the prime contractor any claims it had against us arising from the defective work. Thereafter, the prime contractor sued the Authority alleging claims for betterment, sued us alleging negligent inspection and sued a number of other parties. Although this matter is in the discovery stage, we expect the range of potential additional loss to be zero to $3,500.

 

From the spring of 1996 through the spring of 2001, we were the environmental remediation contractor for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”) with respect to remediation at the Tar Creek Superfund site at a former mining area in northeast Oklahoma. The Corps had contracted with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency to remove lead contaminated soil in residential areas from more than 2,000 sites and replace it with clean fill material. In February 2000, various federal investigators working with the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Oklahoma executed search warrants and seized our local project records. Allegations made at the time included claims that the project had falsified truck load tickets and had claimed compensation for more loads than actually were hauled, or had indicated that full loads had been hauled when partial loads actually were carried, as well as claims that the project had sought compensation for truckers and injured workers who were directed to remain at the job site, but not to work. The criminal investigation relating to the execution of the search warrants remains pending. Through claims filed in our bankruptcy proceedings and conversations with lawyers from the Civil Division of the U.S. Department of Justice, we have learned that a qui tam lawsuit has been filed against us under the federal False Claims Act by private citizens alleging fraudulent or false claims by us for payments we received in connection with the Tar Creek remediation project. We believe that there was no wrongdoing by us or our employees at this project. Based on the status of this matter, we cannot make an estimate of potential additional loss, if any.

 

In 2002, the Inspector General for the U.S. Agency for International Development (“USAID”) requested documentation about and made inquiries into the contractual relationships between one of our U.S. joint ventures and a local construction company in Egypt. The focus of the inquiry, which is ongoing, is whether the structure of our business relationships with Egyptian companies violated USAID contract regulations with respect to source, origin and nationality requirements. In March 2003, we were notified by the Department of Justice that it is considering recommending civil litigation against us under the False Claims Act and at common law in connection with the matters being investigated by USAID. The Department of Justice is looking at potential violations of the USAID source, origin and nationality regulations in connection with five of our USAID-financed host-country projects located in Egypt beginning in 1996. In July 2003, our U.S. joint venture partner was notified that it had been suspended by USAID, but only for USAID-financed host-country projects; that suspension was lifted in August 2003. In January 2004, we entered into an agreement with USAID whereby we agreed to undertake certain compliance and training measures and USAID agreed that we are presently eligible for USAID contracts, including for host-country projects, and are not under threat of suspension or debarment arising out of matters covered by the USAID inquiry. We continue to respond to inquiries from the Department of Justice and to cooperate with the investigation. Our joint venture for one of the five projects referred to above has brought arbitration proceedings before an abitral tribunal in Egypt in which it has asserted a claim for additional compensation for the construction of water and wastewater treatment facilities in Egypt. The project owner, an Egyptian government agency, has asserted in a counterclaim that, by reason of alleged violations of the USAID source, origin and nationality regulations and alleged violations of Egyptian law, our joint venture should forfeit its claim, disgorge all funds which the joint venture received with respect to the project, and pay unspecified additional damages as well as the owner’s costs of defending against the joint venturer’s claims. Based on the status of these matters, we cannot make an estimate of potential additional loss, if any.

 

In addition to the foregoing, there are other claims, lawsuits, disputes with third parties, investigations and administrative proceedings against us relating to matters in the ordinary course of our business activities that are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations, contract provisions and a variety of other requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance and accounting for these contracts. As a result of our government contracting, claims for civil or criminal fraud may be brought by the government for violations of those regulations, requirements and statutes.

 

II-80



 

14.       SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months
ended
January 3,
2003

 

One month
ended
February 1,
2002

 

One month
ended
December 28,
2001

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Supplemental cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

14,285

 

$

15,874

 

$

451

 

$

7

 

$

31,975

 

Income taxes paid, net

 

5,725

 

2,646

 

975

 

304

 

7,125

 

Supplemental non-cash investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to investment in foreign subsidiaries for cumulative translation adjustments, net of income taxes

 

$

15,844

 

$

9,652

 

$

80

 

$

482

 

$

1,851

 

 

15.  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) for the periods ended January 2, 2004, January 3, 2003, February 1, 2002, December 28, 2001 and November 30, 2001 was as follows:

 

Year ended January 2, 2004

 

Before-tax
amount

 

Tax (expense)
or benefit

 

Net-of-tax
amount

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

24,376

 

$

(8,532

)

$

15,844

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of minority interests

 

(1,890

)

736

 

(1,154

)

Other comprehensive income

 

$

22,486

 

$

(7,796

)

$

14,690

 

Eleven months ended January 3, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

14,849

 

$

(5,197

)

$

9,652

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of minority interests

 

(992

)

389

 

(603

)

Other comprehensive income

 

$

13,857

 

$

(4,808

)

$

9,049

 

One month ended February 1, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

123

 

$

(43

)

$

80

 

Amounts reclassified to net income in fresh-start reporting

 

31,038

 

(10,770

)

20,268

 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

31,161

 

$

(10,813

)

$

20,348

 

One month ended December 28, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

748

 

$

(266

)

$

482

 

Other comprehensive income

 

$

748

 

$

(266

)

$

482

 

Year ended November 30, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$

2,849

 

$

(998

)

$

1,851

 

Unrealized gains on marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net holding gains arising during period

 

775

 

(301

)

474

 

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

(1,411

)

550

 

(861

)

Net unrealized losses

 

(636

)

249

 

(387

)

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of accounting principle

 

(1,901

)

740

 

(1,161

)

Realized loss on settled or terminated contracts

 

4,502

 

(1,752

)

2,750

 

Net derivative activity

 

2,601

 

(1,012

)

1,589

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of minority interests

 

(7,578

)

2,948

 

(4,630

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

$

(2,764

)

$

1,187

 

$

(1,577

)

 

II-81



 

The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

 

Foreign
currency
items

 

Unrealized
gains (losses)
on securities

 

Net
derivative
activity

 

Minimum
pension
liability
adjustment

 

Accumulated
Other
comprehensive
income (loss)

 

Balance at December 1, 2000

 

$

(18,051

)

$

387

 

$

(1,589

)

$

 

$

(19,253

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

1,851

 

(387

)

1,589

 

(4,630

)

(1,577

)

Balance at November 30, 2001

 

(16,200

)

 

 

(4,630

)

(20,830

)

Other comprehensive income

 

482

 

 

 

 

482

 

Balance at December 28, 2001

 

(15,718

)

 

 

(4,630

)

(20,348

)

Other comprehensive income

 

15,718

 

 

 

4,630

 

20,348

 

Balance at February 1, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

9,652

 

 

 

(603

)

9,049

 

Balance at January 3, 2003

 

9,652

 

 

 

(603

)

9,049

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

15,844

 

 

 

(1,154

)

14,690

 

Balance at January 2, 2004

 

$

25,496

 

$

 

$

 

$

(1,757

)

$

23,739

 

 

16.  CAPITAL STOCK, STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS AND STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

 

As discussed in Note 3, “Acquisition, Reorganization Case and Fresh-start Reporting,” our Plan of Reorganization canceled all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock, stock purchase warrants and stock options as of January 25, 2002, and new capital stock, stock purchase warrants and stock options were issued.

 

Capital stock

 

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, we have the authority to issue 100,000 shares of common stock and 10,000 shares of preferred stock. Preferred stock can be issued at any time or from time to time in one or more series with such designations, powers, preferences and rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon as determined by our board of directors.

 

Stock purchase warrants

 

At January 2, 2004, we had outstanding warrants giving rights to acquire 8,520 shares of our common stock. The warrants were issued in connection with our Plan of Reorganization to unsecured creditors in three series as follows:

 

Tranche A - 3,086 shares at an exercise price of $28.50 per share

Tranche B - 3,527 shares at an exercise price of $31.74 per share

Tranche C - 1,907 shares at an exercise price of $33.51 per share

 

All of the above warrants will expire in January 2006.

 

Stock compensation plans

 

We had a stock compensation plan for employees and non-employee directors (the “1994 Plan”) which provided for grants in the form of nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and restricted stock awards.         On April 11, 1997, our stockholders adopted the 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for Non-employee Directors (the “1997 Plan”) which provided for grants in the form of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock awards. As of January 25, 2002, all outstanding grants under the 1994 Plan and 1997 Plan were canceled.

 

II-82



 

Washington Group International, Inc.’s Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”) became effective January 25, 2002 upon our emergence from bankruptcy. An amended and restated version of the 2002 Plan was approved at our annual meeting of stockholders on May 9, 2003. Under the 2002 Plan, our board of directors may approve the award of option rights, appreciation rights, performance units, performance shares, restricted shares, deferred shares or other awards to directors, officers and key employees for us and our subsidiaries. Our common shares available to the 2002 Plan shall not exceed 6,002 shares. Awards are subject to terms and conditions determined by our board of directors. As of January 2, 2004, only option rights and performance units have been awarded under the 2002 Plan.

 

Long-term incentive program

 

We have a long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) designed to provide long-term incentives to executives to increase stockholder value. The LTIP consists of nonqualified fixed-price stock options and performance unit awards granted under the 2002 Plan annually. The LTIP links a portion of compensation to stockholder returns and utilizes vesting periods to encourage participating executives to continue in our employ. The size and timing of awards are determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors.

 

From January 25, 2002 through January 2, 2004, specified members of management, designated employees and our board of directors (other than the chairman) were granted nonqualified stock options to purchase an aggregate total of 2,471 shares of the New Common Stock, subject to dilution, with terms of ten years and exercise prices determined at the market prices on the dates of grant, ranging from $13.40 to $29.01 per share. Options granted in 2002 vested one-third on the date of grant, one-third on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the final third on the second anniversary of the date of grant. Options granted after 2002 vest one-third on the first anniversary of the date of grant, one-third on the second anniversary of the date of grant and the final third on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The vesting period for future grants will be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

On January 25, 2002, the chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Dennis R. Washington, was granted stock options to purchase shares of New Common Stock in three tranches. The first tranche was to expire five years after the Effective Date. The remaining tranches were to expire four years after the Effective Date. One-third of each tranche vested on the Effective Date, an additional one-third of each tranche vested on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and the final third of each tranche vested on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, January 25, 2004. As consideration for an additional three years of service as chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Washington’s stock options were amended in November 2003 extending the expiration dates on all three tranches to ten years from the original date of grant, or January 25, 2012. As a result of this extension, we recorded compensation expense of $6,174 during the year ended January 2, 2004 as general administrative expenses and as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The number of shares and respective exercise prices for each tranche are as follows:

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

Exercise price per share

 

Tranche A

 

1,389

 

$

24.00

 

Tranche B

 

882

 

$

31.74

 

Tranche C

 

953

 

$

33.51

 

 

II-83



 

Option activity under our stock plans is summarized as follows:

 

Number of options

 

Outstanding at
beginning of period

 

Granted

 

Canceled

 

Exercised

 

Outstanding at
end of period

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended January 2, 2004

 

5,033

 

652

 

(76

)

(46

)

5,563

 

Eleven months ended January 3, 2003

 

4,417

 

626

 

(10

)

 

5,033

 

Options issued upon emergence from bankruptcy

 

 

4,417

 

 

 

4,417

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One month ended February 1, 2002

 

7,390

 

 

(7,390

)

 

 

One month ended December 28, 2001

 

7,417

 

 

(27

)

 

7,390

 

Year ended November 30, 2001

 

7,638

 

636

 

(857

)

 

7,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average exercise prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended January 2, 2004

 

$

26.62

 

$

16.18

 

$

19.47

 

$

23.13

 

$

25.52

 

Eleven months ended January 3, 2003

 

27.60

 

19.65

 

24.00

 

 

26.62

 

Options issued upon emergence from bankruptcy

 

 

27.60

 

 

 

27.60

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One month ended February 1, 2002

 

8.72

 

 

8.72

 

 

 

One month ended December 28, 2001

 

8.72

 

 

9.38

 

 

8.72

 

Year ended November 30, 2001

 

8.73

 

9.46

 

9.33

 

 

8.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable
at end of period

 

Shares available
for grant

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,323

 

393

 

January 3, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,688

 

969

 

Options issued upon emergence from bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,486

 

1,585

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 28, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,450

 

2,689

 

November 30, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,476

 

2,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of vested options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at
end of period

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

26.67

 

January 3, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.60

 

Options issued upon emergence from bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.56

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 28, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.34

 

November 30, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.36

 

 

Beginning in 2003, performance units are awarded annually and mature at the end of their three-year performance period. The value of each performance unit will be calculated at the end of the three-year performance period to which it relates, based on performance results relative to predetermined corporate financial goals. At the end of each three-year period, the value of mature performance units generally will be paid in cash, provided the threshold performance metrics have been achieved. Certain executives who are subject to stock ownership guidelines may elect to have the value of mature performance units paid in stock to the extent

 

II-84



 

necessary to satisfy those guidelines. During 2003, $2,563 was recorded as compensation related to the performance units based on the 2003 performance results.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

We adopted the disclosure-only provisions of the SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, compensation cost has been recorded based only on the intrinsic value of the options granted. No compensation cost was recognized for the eleven months ended January 3, 2003, one month ended February 1, 2002 and one month ended December 28, 2001. We recognized $6,174 and $4 of compensation cost during the year ended January 2, 2004 and the year ended November 30, 2001, respectively, for stock-based compensation awards. If we had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at grant date as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, net income (loss) would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts as disclosed in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies.”

 

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was used to estimate the fair value of the options for purposes of the pro forma presentation set forth in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies.”

 

The following assumptions were used in the valuation and no dividends were assumed:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

Year ended
January 2,
2004

 

Eleven months ended
January 3,
2003

 

Year ended
November 30,
2001

 

Average expected life (years)

 

6

 

5

 

7

 

Expected volatility

 

40.2

%

42.3

%

40.7

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.6

%

5.0

%

5.7

%

Weighted-average fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise price greater than market price at grant

 

$

 

$

8.00

 

$

 

Exercise price equal to market price at grant

 

7.48

 

8.65

 

3.71

 

Exercise price less than market price at grant

 

 

 

4.44

 

 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model are highly subjective, particularly as to stock price volatility of the underlying stock, and can materially affect the resulting valuation.

 

The following table summarizes information regarding options that were outstanding at January 2, 2004:

 

 

 

Options outstanding

 

Options exercisable

 

Price range

 

Number

 

Weighted-average
exercise price

 

Weighted-average remaining
contractual life (years)

 

Number

 

Weighted-average
exercise price

 

Below $24.00

 

1,028

 

$

16.69

 

8.89

 

282

 

$

17.88

 

$

24.00 - $28.00

 

2,693

 

24.02

 

7.94

 

1,818

 

24.00

 

Above $28.00

 

1,842

 

32.65

 

8.07

 

1,223

 

32.67

 

 

Stockholder rights plan

 

On June 21, 2002, our board of directors adopted a stockholder rights plan under which we issue one right for each outstanding share of our common stock. The rights expire in 2012 unless they are earlier redeemed, exchanged or amended by the board of directors. The board also adopted a Three-Year Independent Director Evaluation (“TIDE”) policy with respect to the plan. Under the TIDE policy, a committee comprised solely of independent directors will review the plan at least once every three years to determine whether to modify the plan in light of all relevant factors.

 

II-85



 

The rights initially trade together with our common stock and are not exercisable until 10 days after the earlier of a public announcement that a person or group has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more, with certain exceptions, of our common stock or the commencement of, or public announcement of an intent to commence, a tender or exchange offer which, if successful, would result in the offeror acquiring 15% or more of our common stock. Once exercisable, each right would separate from the common stock and be separately tradeable.

 

If a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more, with certain exceptions, of our common stock, or if we are acquired in a merger or other business combination, each right then exercisable would entitle its holder to purchase, at the exercise price of $125 per right, shares of our common stock, or the surviving company’s stock if we are not the surviving company, with a market value equal to twice the right’s exercise price.

 

We may redeem the rights for $.01 per right until the rights become exercisable. We also may exchange each right for one share of common stock or an equivalent security until an acquiring person or group owns 50% or more of the outstanding common stock.

 

The rights are not considered to be common stock equivalents because there is no indication that any event will occur that would cause them to become exercisable.

 

17.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The estimated fair values of financial instruments at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 were determined, using available market information and valuation methodologies believed to be appropriate. However, judgment is necessary in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair values. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that we could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of certain financial instruments at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 were as follows:

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

 

 

January 2, 2004

 

January 3, 2003

 

 

 

Carrying
amount

 

Fair
value

 

Carrying
amount

 

Fair
value

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer retentions

 

$

13,663

 

$

13,277

 

$

23,546

 

$

22,733

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subcontract retentions

 

21,184

 

20,585

 

19,623

 

18,946

 

 

The fair value of customer retentions and subcontract retentions was estimated by discounting expected cash flows at rates currently available to us for instruments with similar risks and maturities. The fair value of other financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable excluding customer retentions, unbilled receivables and accounts and subcontracts payable excluding retentions (as well as similar financial instruments classified within assets and liabilities held for sale) approximate cost because of the immediate or short-term maturity.

 

II-86



 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(In millions except per share data)

UNAUDITED

 

Selected quarterly financial data for the years ended January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 is presented below.

 

 

 

Successor Company

 

2003 Quarters ended

 

April 4,
2003

 

July 4,
2003

 

October 3,
2003

 

January 2,
2004

 

Revenue

 

$

657.5

 

$

634.7

 

$

588.1

 

$

620.9

 

Gross profit

 

37.5

 

47.7

 

53.8

 

37.3

 

Reorganization items

 

 

(3.7

)

 

(1.2

)

Net income

 

12.8

 

14.3

 

12.8

 

2.2

 

Income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

.51

 

.57

 

.51

 

.09

 

Diluted

 

.51

 

.57

 

.51

 

.09

 

Market price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

17.75

 

$

23.15

 

$

27.95

 

$

34.33

 

Low

 

14.35

 

17.38

 

21.59

 

26.85

 

 

 

 

Predecessor Company

 

Successor Company

 

Quarters ended

 

February 1,
2002 (a)

 

March 29,
2002 (b)

 

June 28,
2002

 

September 27,
2002

 

January 3,
2003

 

Revenue

 

$

349.9

 

$

607.0

 

$

960.5

 

$

903.7

 

$

840.4

 

Gross profit

 

11.1

 

27.9

 

41.2

 

45.7

 

34.2

 

Reorganization items

 

(72.1

)

 

 

(3.5

)

.4

 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

 

(45.0

)

9.5

 

9.2

 

9.3

 

9.7

 

Extraordinary item–gain on debt discharge

 

567.2

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

522.2

 

9.5

 

9.2

 

9.3

 

9.7

 

Income per share - basic and diluted

 

(c)

.38

 

.37

 

.37

 

.39

 

Market price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

 

 

$

24.00

 

$

24.00

 

$

22.00

 

$

17.00

 

Low

 

 

 

17.20

 

19.00

 

13.00

 

12.20

 

 


(a)          One month ended February 1, 2002.

(b)         Two months ended March 29, 2002.

(c)          Net income (loss) per share is not presented for this period, as it is not meaningful because of the revised capital structure of the Successor Company.

 

II-87



 

ITEM 9.     CHANGE IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

During the fiscal years ended January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, there were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants on accounting and financial disclosure matters.

 

ITEM 9A.       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of our Disclosure Controls and disclosure of changes to Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

 

We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and forms. As of the date of the financial statements, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

CEO and CFO certificates

 

Attached as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this report on Form 10-K are two certifications, one each by the CEO and the CFO. They are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act. This Item 9A, Controls and Procedures, includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications and should be read in conjunction with the certifications.

 

Disclosure controls

 

“Disclosure Controls” are controls and procedures that are designed to reasonably ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, such as this report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO.

 

Internal controls over financial reporting

 

Our Disclosure Controls include components of our internal control over financial reporting, which consist of procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Limitations on the effectiveness of controls

 

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and/or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error or fraud. A system of controls is able to provide only reasonable, not complete, assurance that the control objectives are being met, no matter how extensive those control systems may be. Also, control systems must be established considering the benefits of a control system relative to its costs. Because of these inherent limitations that exist in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all errors or fraud, if any, have been detected. The inherent limitations in control systems include various human and system factors that may include errors in judgment or interpretation regarding events or circumstances or inadvertent error. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the acts of a single person, by collusion on the part of two or more people or by management override of the control. Over time, controls can also become ineffective as conditions, circumstances, policies, technologies, level of compliance and people change. Because of such inherent limitations, in any cost-effective control system over financial information, misstatements may occur due to error or fraud and may not be detected.

 

II-88



 

Scope of evaluation of Disclosure Controls

 

The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls performed by our CEO and CFO included obtaining an understanding of the design and objective of the controls, the implementation of those controls and the results of the controls on this report on Form 10-K. We have established a Disclosure Committee whose duty is to perform procedures to evaluate the Disclosure Controls and provide the CEO and CFO with the results of their evaluation as part of the information considered by the CEO and CFO in their evaluation of Disclosure Controls. In the course of the evaluation of Disclosure Controls, we reviewed the controls that are in place to record, process, summarize and report, on a timely basis, matters that require disclosure in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We also considered the adequacy of the items disclosed in this report on Form 10-K.

 

Conclusions

 

Based upon the evaluation of Disclosure Controls described above, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, subject to the limitations described above, our Disclosure Controls are effective to provide reasonable assurance that material information relating to Washington Group International, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, so that required disclosures have been included in this report on Form 10-K.

 

We have also reviewed our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter, and our CEO and CFO have concluded that there have been no changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

II-89



 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the captions “Directors” and “Executive Officers” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 7, 2004, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 11.       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation for 2003” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 7, 2004, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 12.       SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

5,563,000

 

$

25.52

 

393,000

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

Total

 

5,563,000

 

$

25.52

 

393,000

 

 

Additional information called for by this item will be set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial owners and Management” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 7, 2004, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 13.       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 7, 2004, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

ITEM 14.       PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information called for by this Item will be set forth under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in our definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed not later than April 7, 2004, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

III-1



 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a)          Documents filed as a part of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements, together with the report thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP, are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended January 2, 2004, the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (Successor Company), the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001 (Predecessor Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended January 2, 2004, the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (Successor Company), the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001 (Predecessor Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 (Successor Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended January 2, 2004, the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (Successor Company), the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001 (Predecessor Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the year ended January 2, 2004, the eleven months ended January 3, 2003 (Successor Company), the one month ended February 1, 2002, the one month ended December 28, 2001 and the year ended November 30, 2001 (Predecessor Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Valuation, Qualifying and Reserve Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial statement schedules not listed above are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is given in the financial statements including the notes thereto. Captions and column headings have been omitted where not applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The exhibits to this report are listed in the Exhibit Index contained elsewhere in this report.

 

 

 

IV-1



 

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K.

 

On November 18, 2003, we filed a current report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2003 detailing Washington Group International’s third quarter 2003 financial results.

 

On October 14, 2003, we filed a current report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2003 announcing Washington Group International’s entering into a new credit facility with a financial syndicate led by Credit Suisse First Boston.

 

IV-2



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 4, 2004.

 

Washington Group International, Inc.

 

By

/s/  George H. Juetten

 

George H. Juetten, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed below on March 4, 2004 by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities indicated.

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President and Director

/s/ Stephen G. Hanks

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ George H. Juetten

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Vice President and Controller

/s/ Jerry K. Lemon

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

/s/ Dennis R. Washington*

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

 

/s/ David H. Batchelder*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Michael R. D’Appolonia *

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ William J. Flanagan*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ C. Scott Greer*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ William H. Mallender*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Michael P. Monaco*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Cordell Reed*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Bettina M. Whyte*

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Dennis K. Williams*

 

Director

 


*Craig G. Taylor, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Form 10-K on behalf of each of the above-named directors of Washington Group International, Inc., pursuant to powers of attorney executed on behalf of each such officer and director.

 

By

/s/ Craig G. Taylor

 

 

Craig G. Taylor, Attorney-in-fact

 

 



 

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SCHEDULE II.  VALUATION, QUALIFYING AND RESERVE ACCOUNTS

(In thousands)

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivables Deducted in the Balance Sheet from Accounts Receivable

 

Period Ended

 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 

Provisions
Charged to
Operations

 

Other

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended November 30, 2001

 

$

(15,270

)

$

(21,847

)

$

 

$

13,216

 

$

(23,901

)

One month ended December 28, 2001

 

(23,901

)

(6,467

)

 

4,427

 

(25,941

)

One month ended February 1, 2002

 

(25,941

)

(160

)

 

1,311

 

(24,790

)

Successor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eleven months ended January 3, 2003

 

(24,790

)

(13,444

)

 

18,820

 

(19,414

)

Year ended January 2, 2004

 

(19,414

)

(5,321

)

 

11,216

 

(13,519

)

 

Deferred Income Tax Asset Valuation Allowance Deducted in the Balance Sheet
from Deferred Income Tax Assets

 

Period Ended

 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

 

Provisions
Charged to
Operations

 

Other

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

Predecessor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended November 30, 2001

 

$

(44,585

)

$

(90

)

$

 

$

 

$

(44,675

)

One month ended December 28, 2001

 

(44,675

)

 

 

 

(44,675

)

One month ended February 1, 2002

 

(44,675

)

(577

)

 

 

(45,252

)

Successor Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eleven months ended January 3, 2003

 

(45,252

)

(3,260

)

 

 

(48,512

)

Year ended January 2, 2004

 

(48,512

)

 

(97,194

)(a)

1,124

 

(144,582

)

 


(a)          Other adjustments to the deferred income tax valuation allowance for January 2, 2004 include a $91,834 increase related to NOL retained after the cancellation of debt and increase of $5,360 primarily related to foreign exchange gains on foreign NOL carryovers.

 

S-1



 

WASHINGTON GROUP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Copies of exhibits will be supplied upon request. Exhibits will be provided at a fee of $.25 per page requested.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

 

 

2.1

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 14, 2000, among Raytheon Company, Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. and Washington Group International, Inc. (“Washington Group International”) (filed as Exhibit 2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 3, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

2.2.1

 

Seconded Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et al. (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on August 2, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

2.2.2

 

Modification to Seconded Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et al. (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on August 31, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

2.2.3

 

Second Modification to Seconded Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et al. (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 4, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

2.2.4

 

Third modification to Seconded Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Washington Group International, et al. (filed as Exhibit 2.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 4, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Washington Group International (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Washington Group International (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s common stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s Tranche A Warrants (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s Tranche B Warrants (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.4

 

Specimen certificate of Washington Group International’s Tranche C Warrants (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

E-1



 

4.5

 

Warrant Agreement dated as of January 25, 2002 between Washington Group International and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as warrant agent (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated January 25, 2002 among Washington Group International and certain parties identified therein (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.11

 

Rights Agreement dated as of June 21, 2002 between Washington Group International and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as rights agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Washington Group International’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A Current Report filed on June 24, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.1.1

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 2002 among Washington Group International, Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, collateral monitoring agent, lead arranger and book manager, ABLECO Finance LLC, as documentation agent, and certain lenders and issuers identified therein (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.1.2

 

Amendment No. 1 and Consent dated as of June 28, 2002 to Washington Group International’s Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 2002 among Washington Group International, Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, collateral monitoring agent, lead arranger and book manager, ABLECO Finance LLC, as documentation agent, and certain lenders and issuers identified therein (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended June 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of January 24, 2002 among Washington Group International, certain subsidiaries of Washington Group International identified therein and Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, collateral monitoring agent, lead arranger and book manager, ABLECO Finance LLC, as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Shareholders Agreement dated December 18, 1993 among Morrison Knudsen BV, a wholly owned subsidiary of Washington Group International, Lambique Beheer BV and Ergon Overseas Holdings Limited (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 1998 between CBS Corporation and WGNH Acquisition, LLC related to the acquisition of the Westinghouse Energy Systems Business Unit from CBS Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 1998 between CBS Corporation and WGNH Acquisition, LLC related to the acquisition of the Westinghouse Government and Environmental Services Company business from CBS Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Consortium Agreement between Washington Group International’s wholly owned subsidiary, Washington Group International, Inc., an Ohio corporation, and BNFL USA Group, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended February 26, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

E-2



 

10.7

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 25, 2002 between Westinghouse Government Services Company LLC and Curtiss-Wright Electro-Mechanical Corporation (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K/A Amended Current Report filed on November 1, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Trust and Disbursing Agreement dated as of January 25, 2002 among Washington Group International, the Official Unsecured Creditors’ Committee and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as disbursing agent (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.9

 

Settlement Agreement dated as of January 23, 2002 among Washington Group International, Raytheon Company and Raytheon Engineers & Constructors International, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.10

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April 17, 2003 between The Shaw Group Inc. and Washington Group International related to the sale of Washington Group International’s Petrochemical Technology Center in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to Stone & Webster Inc., a subsidiary of The Shaw Group Inc. of Baton Rouge, Louisiana (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended July 4, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 9, 2003 among Washington Group International, the lenders and issuers party thereto, Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, sole lead arranger and book manager, LaSalle Bank National Association, as documentation agent, and ABLECO Finance LLC, as syndication agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on October 13, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.12

 

Joinder Agreement dated as of October 9, 2003, delivered by subsidiaries of Washington Group International and acknowledged and agreed by Credit Suisse First Boston (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on October 13, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.13.1

 

Washington Group International Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, Amended and Restated as of November 9, 2002 (filed as Appendix E to Washington Group International’s Def 14A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 8, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.13.2*

 

Washington Group International Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, Amended and Restated as of August 14, 2003. #

 

 

 

10.14

 

Washington Group International, Inc. Equity and Performance Incentive Plan — California (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.15

 

Description of Washington Group International’s additional retention and incentive arrangements (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 29, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.16

 

Letter Agreement dated as of November 15, 2001 between Washington Group International and Dennis R. Washington (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

E-3



 

10.17*

 

Letter Agreement of January 21, 2004, effective as of November 14, 2003, between Washington Group International and Dennis R. Washington.

 

 

 

10.18

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Washington Group International’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on February 8, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference). # A schedule listing the directors and officers with whom Washington Group International has entered into such agreements is filed herewith. # *

 

 

 

10.19

 

Washington Group International Key Executive Disability Insurance Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Old MK’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.20

 

Washington Group International Key Executive Life Insurance Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Old MK’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.21.1

 

Washington Group International’s Retention Agreement with Stephen G. Hanks dated as of March 20, 2001 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.21.2

 

Amendment dated August 20, 2002 to Washington Group International’s Retention Agreement of March 20, 2001 with Stephen G. Hanks (filed as Exhibit 10.17.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.22.1

 

Form of Washington Group International’s Retention Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference). #  A schedule listing the Executive Officers with whom Washington Group International has entered into such agreements is filed herewith. *

 

 

 

10.22.2

 

Form of Amendment to Washington Group International’s Retention Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.18.2 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #  A schedule listing the Executive Officers with whom Washington Group International has entered into such agreements is filed herewith. *

 

 

 

10.23

 

Washington Group International’s letter agreement with Thomas H. Zarges dated as of March 7, 2001 (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended November 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.24

 

Washington Group International, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix D to Washington Group International’s Def 14A Proxy Statement filed on April 8, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.25

 

Washington Group International, Inc. Restoration Plan effective as of January 1, 2003, amended and restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended October 3, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

10.26

 

Washington Group International, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2003, amended and restated as of August 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended October 3, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

E-4



 

10.27

 

Description of Washington Group International Executive Financial Counseling Program adopted on February 14, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Washington Group International’s Form 10-K Annual Report for fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference). #

 

 

 

21.*

 

Subsidiaries of Washington Group International.

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

 

 

 

23.2*

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche GmbH.

 

 

 

24.*

 

Powers of Attorney.

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Washington Group International, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Washington Group International, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.1†

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

99.1*

 

Financial Statements of Mitteldeutsche Braunkohlengesellschaft mbH for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 


#      Management contract or compensatory plan.

*      Filed herewith.

†      Furnished herewith.

 

E-5